WO2008025755A1 - Use of n-containing heterocycles in dermocosmetics - Google Patents

Use of n-containing heterocycles in dermocosmetics Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008025755A1
WO2008025755A1 PCT/EP2007/058904 EP2007058904W WO2008025755A1 WO 2008025755 A1 WO2008025755 A1 WO 2008025755A1 EP 2007058904 W EP2007058904 W EP 2007058904W WO 2008025755 A1 WO2008025755 A1 WO 2008025755A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
formula
dermocosmetics
skin
test substance
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2007/058904
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Inventor
Gerhard Wagenblast
Sylke Haremza
Arne Ptock
Frank HÖFER
Original Assignee
Basf Se
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Basf Se filed Critical Basf Se
Publication of WO2008025755A1 publication Critical patent/WO2008025755A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/30Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds
    • A61K8/49Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds containing heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K8/4906Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds containing heterocyclic compounds with one nitrogen as the only hetero atom
    • A61K8/4926Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds containing heterocyclic compounds with one nitrogen as the only hetero atom having six membered rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/30Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds
    • A61K8/49Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds containing heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K8/4906Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds containing heterocyclic compounds with one nitrogen as the only hetero atom
    • A61K8/4933Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds containing heterocyclic compounds with one nitrogen as the only hetero atom having sulfur as an exocyclic substituent, e.g. pyridinethione
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/30Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds
    • A61K8/49Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds containing heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K8/494Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds containing heterocyclic compounds with more than one nitrogen as the only hetero atom
    • A61K8/4953Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds containing heterocyclic compounds with more than one nitrogen as the only hetero atom containing pyrimidine ring derivatives, e.g. minoxidil
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q19/00Preparations for care of the skin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2800/00Properties of cosmetic compositions or active ingredients thereof or formulation aids used therein and process related aspects
    • A61K2800/40Chemical, physico-chemical or functional or structural properties of particular ingredients
    • A61K2800/52Stabilizers
    • A61K2800/522Antioxidants; Radical scavengers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q1/00Make-up preparations; Body powders; Preparations for removing make-up
    • A61Q1/02Preparations containing skin colorants, e.g. pigments
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q17/00Barrier preparations; Preparations brought into direct contact with the skin for affording protection against external influences, e.g. sunlight, X-rays or other harmful rays, corrosive materials, bacteria or insect stings
    • A61Q17/04Topical preparations for affording protection against sunlight or other radiation; Topical sun tanning preparations
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q19/00Preparations for care of the skin
    • A61Q19/002Aftershave preparations
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q19/00Preparations for care of the skin
    • A61Q19/004Aftersun preparations
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q19/00Preparations for care of the skin
    • A61Q19/04Preparations for care of the skin for chemically tanning the skin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q19/00Preparations for care of the skin
    • A61Q19/08Anti-ageing preparations
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q19/00Preparations for care of the skin
    • A61Q19/10Washing or bathing preparations
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q5/00Preparations for care of the hair
    • A61Q5/02Preparations for cleaning the hair
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q5/00Preparations for care of the hair
    • A61Q5/06Preparations for styling the hair, e.g. by temporary shaping or colouring
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q5/00Preparations for care of the hair
    • A61Q5/12Preparations containing hair conditioners

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to dermocosmetic compositions containing N-containing heterocycles, preferably pyridine / pyrimidine and / or pyridinol / pyrimidinol compound according to the general formula 1.
  • the invention further relates to the use of these compounds in dermokosmetischen preparations and the use of dermocosmetics according to the invention for reducing or Avoidance of radicle-induced skin or hair damage.
  • Another subject of the invention relates to the use of the compounds according to the invention for increasing the shelf life of the dermocosmetic preparations or for stabilizing the oxidation-sensitive ingredients contained in the said preparations. Further embodiments of the present invention can be taken from the claims, the description and the examples. It is understood that the features mentioned above and those yet to be explained of the subject matter according to the invention can be used not only in the particular combination specified, but also in other combinations, without departing from the scope of the invention.
  • Skin aging is today understood as the result of the interaction of chronological (intrinsic) skin aging and exogenous factors of conditioned (extrinsic) skin aging. It is assumed that intrinsic skin aging is the result of genetic processes.
  • Extrinsic skin aging is influenced by exogenous influences, in particular UV radiation (photoaging).
  • UV radiation photoaging
  • ROS reactive oxygen species
  • e.g. Peroxide radicals reactive oxygen species
  • These extremely reactive substances lead to the oxidation of various cell components such as DNA, proteins and membrane lipids.
  • free radicals damage the collagen and elastin and affect the fatty substances.
  • the skin loses its tone and elasticity and the age-spot pigment lipofuscin develops.
  • the free radicals are formed under the influence of numerous factors: pollution, excessive sun exposure, smoking, alcohol and fat consumption.
  • the exposure of the skin to sunlight is responsible for the premature aging of exposed skin areas.
  • the human skin shows a high sensitivity in the short-wave radiation range (UV-B) with wavelengths of 290-320 nm.
  • UV-B short-wave radiation range
  • the named harmful effects cause damage to the cells of the skin itself.
  • the skin's ability to regenerate is reduced.
  • the consequences of aging are thinning of the skin, weaker interlocking of the epidermis and dermis, reduction of the number of cells and the supply of the blood vessels.
  • the same factors also affect hair, where it can also cause damage.
  • the hair becomes brittle, less elastic and lackluster.
  • the surface structure of the hair is damaged.
  • the skin has a variety of its own protective mechanisms.
  • these protective mechanisms are not sufficient to completely prevent oxidative processes and the associated aging processes or damage to the skin (see also "Skin Diseases Associated with Oxidative Damage” in "Oxidative Stress in dermatology", p. 323 et seq., Marcel Decker ine , New York, Basel, Hong Kong, publisher: Jürgen Fuchs, Frankfurt and Lester Packer, Berkeley, California).
  • antioxidant compounds are used in dermocosmetic or cosmetic preparations for the protection and care of skin and hair. In addition, they can also be used as protection against the spoilage of oxidation-sensitive substances.
  • Cosmetic or dermocosmetic care products with properties which counteract the described or comparable processes or whose harmful consequences should be reduced or reversed are often distinguished by the following properties: radical-catching, antioxidant, anti-inflammatory or moisturizing tend. Among other things, they prevent or reduce the activity of the matrix-degrading enzymes or regulate the new synthesis of collagen, elastin or proteoglycans.
  • radical scavengers are added to the dermocosmetic preparations (for example, DE 19739349).
  • said preparations are radical scavengers for oxygen radicals added vitamins E (tocopherols) and C (ascorbic acid).
  • WO 2005/042828 describes the use of various hindered nitroxyl, hydroxylamine and hydroxylamine salts in combination with organic UV filters for the stabilization of personal care products. So far, the actual effect of inactivating radicals by the described substances or enzymatic systems lags behind the hoped-for effects.
  • N-containing heterocycles according to formula 1 and their preparation have long been known from the literature and can also be purchased in part. Examples which may be mentioned are the patents DE 271 1656 (preparation of pyridinols) and US Pat. No. 5,189,166, as well as the publications Acta Chem. Scand. 1987 (37) 127 and 907 and J. Heterocycl. Chem. 1985 (22) 1281 and Tetrahedron 1983, 39 (18), p. 2869
  • Decorative cosmetics means cosmetic aids which are not used primarily for care purposes but to beautify or improve the appearance of skin or hair. These aids are known to the person skilled in the art and include, for example, kohl pencils, mascara, eye shadows, tinted day creams, powders, concealers, Rouge, lipsticks, lip pencils, make-up, nail polish, glamor gel etc.
  • Dermatacosmetics or “dermocosmetic agents” or “dermocosmetic preparations” are agents or preparations (i) for protection against damage to the skin, nails or hair, (ii) for the treatment of skin, nail or hair damage which has already occurred.
  • iii) for the care of the skin, nails or hair comprising skin-cosmetic, nail-cosmetic, hair-cosmetic, dermatological, hygienic or pharmaceutical agents, preparations, formulations and decorative cosmetics Further comprises skin care compositions in which the pharmaceutical dermatological application is achieved taking into account cosmetic aspects
  • Such agents or preparations are used for the support, prevention and treatment of skin diseases and have a biological effect in addition to the cosmetic effect.
  • Dermateutics as defined above contain suitable adjuvants and additives in a cosmetically acceptable medium to the person skilled in the art and from manuals of cosmetics, for example Schrader, bases and formulations of cosmetics, Weghig Verlag, Heidelberg, 1989, ISBN 3-7785-1491-1, or Umbach, cosmetics: development, production and application of ksometischer means, 2nd extended edition, 1995, Georg Thieme Verlag, ISBN 3 13 712602 9, can be removed.
  • “Democosmetic active ingredients” in the context of the present invention are cosmetically compatible substances, for example selected from the group of natural or synthetic polymers, pigments, humectants, oils, waxes, enzymes, minerals, vitamins, sunscreens, dyes, fragrances, antioxidants and preservatives. and pharmaceutical active ingredients which are used for the support, prevention and treatment of skin diseases and have a healing, damage preventive, regenerating or improving the general condition of the skin biological effect.
  • Cosmetically acceptable medium is to be understood broadly and means substances suitable for the preparation of cosmetic or dermocosmetic preparations and mixtures thereof.
  • Cosmetically-compatible substances do not cause irritation or damage on contact with human or animal dermal tissue or hair and are incompatible with other substances, and have low allergenic potential and are approved by the state regulatory authorities for use in cosmetic preparations These substances are familiar to the person skilled in the art and can be found, for example, in the handbooks of cosmetics, for example Schrader, bases and formulations of cosmetics, Weghig Verlag, Heidelberg, 1989, ISBN 3-7785-1491-1.
  • Stabilization in connection with light- and / or oxidation-sensitive cosmetic constituents or dermocosmetic active ingredients means increased shelf-life compared to non-inventive dermocosmetics-otherwise identical composition and equal exposure to light or free radicals, ie prolonged usability of dermocosmetic agents ,
  • Avoidance or "prevention” in connection with radical-induced damage to the skin and hair is the prophylactic prevention of said damage. Avoidance is not necessarily to be understood as 100% avoidance, but I can vary its efficiency depending on the selected preparations, the other ingredients, the concentrations present and the degree of exposure.
  • the present invention relates to dermocosmetics containing at least one compound according to the general formula 1
  • X is nitrogen or CR 5 ;
  • R 1 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl,
  • R 2 is OR 6 , SR 7 , NR 8 R 9 or PR 8 R 9 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, OR 10 , SR 11 , NR 12 R 13 , PR 12 R 13 , alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, COOH, COOM, cycloalkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl , Dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkenylcarbonyl, alkenyloxycarbonyl, alkynylcarbonyl or alkynyloxycarbonyl;
  • R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl or aryl
  • R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or
  • R 1 with R 5 may also together represent a divalent bridging group having 1 to 6 atoms between the flanking bonds;
  • R 4 with R 5 may also together be a divalent bridging group having 1 to 6 atoms between the flanking bonds;
  • R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 each independently represent hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or aryl; or;
  • R 6 with R 1 or R 7 with R 1 may also together represent a divalent bridging group having 1 to 6 atoms between the flanking bonds;
  • R 6 , R 7 or R 8 with R 1 or R 6 , R 7 or R 8 with R 3 may also together represent a divalent bridging group having 1 to 6 atoms between the flanking bonds;
  • R 8 , R 9 , R 12 , R 13 each independently represent hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or aryl; or R 8 and R 9 and / or R 11 and R 12 together with the heteroatom to which they are attached can form a heterocyclic ring bonded via the heteroatom; and
  • M is a cation equivalent
  • alkyl includes straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon radicals having 1 to 50 carbon atoms (C 1 -C 50 -alkyl).
  • Pentyl 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, 1, 2-dimethylpropyl, 1, 1-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-
  • 2-ethylpentyl 1-propylbutyl, n-octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2-propylheptyl, 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl, nonyl, decyl, n-undecyl, n-dodecyl, n-tridecyl, iso- Tridecyl, n-tetradecyl, n-hexadecyl, n-octadecyl and n-eicosyl.
  • alkyl also includes alkyl radicals whose carbon chain is replaced by one or more, for. B. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, non-adjacent groups selected from -O-, -S-, -NR 14 - (wherein R 14 is hydrogen or Ci -Cio-alkyl), -CO- and / or -SO 2 - may be interrupted, ie the termini of the alkyl group are formed by carbon atoms.
  • alkyl also includes substituted alkyl groups which generally have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8, preferably 1, 2, 3 or 4, and more preferably 1 or 2 substituents Substituents on alkyl are hydroxyl, COOH, COOM, halogen, alkoxycarbonyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl and NR 15 R 16 , wherein R 15 and R 16 independently of one another represent hydrogen, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl.
  • alkoxy represents a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having generally 1 to 30 carbon atoms which is bonded via the oxygen atom (-O-), for example C 1 -C 10 -alkoxy, for example methoxy, ethoxy or propoxy.
  • cycloalkyl in the context of the present invention comprises an unsubstituted or substituted monocyclic or bicyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having generally 3 to 6, 8, 10, 12 or 15 carbon ring members, such as C 3 -C 5 -cycloalkyl, for example cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, loheptyl Cyc-, cyclooctyl, or C 7 -C 2 bicycloalkyl.
  • the cycloalkyl group may carry one or more, for example one, two, three, four or five substituents. Suitable substituents include alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, NR 12 R 13 and halogen.
  • alkenyl in the context of the present invention comprises straight-chain and branched hydrocarbon radicals having generally 2 to 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 or 20
  • Carbon atoms which, depending on the chain length one or more, for. B.
  • C 2 -C 20 alkenyl such as ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-methylethenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3
  • alkenyl also includes substituted alkenyl groups which are e.g.
  • alkynyl in the context of the present invention comprises straight-chain and branched hydrocarbon radicals having generally 2 to 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 or 20 carbon atoms which, depending on the chain length, have one or more, e.g. B. 2, 3 or 4, can carry triple bonds in any position, for. C 2 -C 20 alkynyl, such as ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, 1-methyl-2-propynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, octynyl.
  • alkynyl also includes substituted alkynyl groups which are e.g. B. 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 substituents can carry.
  • suitable Substituents are for. Cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, halogen, NR 12 R 13 .
  • aryl in the context of the present invention comprises a mono-, di- or trinuclear aromatic ring system containing 6 to 14 carbon ring members, which may be unsubstituted or substituted, for. Phenyl, naphthyl and anthracenyl. Preference is given to a mono- or binuclear ring system such as phenyl or naphthyl, more preferably a mononuclear aromatic ring system, phenyl.
  • the aryl group may generally carry 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, preferably 1, 2 or 3, substituents.
  • Suitable substituents include alkyl, alkoxy, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, halogen, NR 12 R 13 , hydroxy, cyano, nitro, COOH, COOM.
  • substituted aryl examples include 2-, 3- and 4-methylphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- and 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-ethylphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- and 2,6-diethylphenyl, 2,4,6-triethylphenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-propylphenyl, 2,4-, 2, 5-, 3,5- and 2,6-di-n-propylphenyl, 2,4,6-tri-n-propylphenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-isopropylphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- and 2,6-diisopropylphenyl, 2,4,6-triisopropylphenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-butylphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- and 2,6- Dibutylphenyl, 2,4,6-tributylphenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-iso
  • aryloxy stands for an aryl group as mentioned above which is bonded via the oxygen atom (-O-), for example phenyloxy, 1-naphthyloxy or 2-naphthyloxy.
  • heterocycloalkyl in the context of the present invention comprises non-aromatic, unsaturated or fully saturated cycloaliphatic groups having generally 4 to 12 ring atoms, preferably 5 or 9 ring atoms, in which 1, 2 or 3 of the ring carbon atoms are selected from hetero atoms selected from the elements Oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur are replaced.
  • Heterocycloalkyl may be unsubstituted or substituted, wherein in the case of a substitution, these heterocyclic groups generally carry 1, 2 or 3, preferably 1 or 2, particularly preferably one substituent.
  • Suitable substituents include alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, alkoxycarbonyl, COOH, COOM, hydroxyl, halogen, NR 12 R 13 .
  • Exemplary of heterocycloaliphatic groups are pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinyl, imidazoli- dinyl, pyrazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, morpholidinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dihydro-2-yl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1, 2-oxazolin-5-yl, 1 , 3-oxazolin-2-yl and dioxanyl.
  • heteroaryl in the context of the present invention comprises aromatic ring systems containing in general 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 ring atoms, which in addition to carbon atoms 1, 2, 3 or 4
  • heteroaryl include furyl, thiophenyl, pyridiyl, quinolinyl, acridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, indolyl, purinyl, indazolinyl, benzotriazolyl , 1, 2,3-triazolyl, 1, 3,4-triazolyl and carbazoyl
  • heteroaryl generally has 1, 2 or 3 substituents, preferably alkyl, alkoxy, Hydroxyl, COOH, COOM, and NR 12 R 13 are selected.
  • aminocarbonyl denotes an amino group which is bonded via the carbonyl group (-C (O) -).
  • alkoxycarbonyl denotes an alkoxy group as mentioned above which is bonded via the carbonyl group (-C (O) -), for example methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, n-propoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, n-butoxycarbonyl, sec-butoxy- carbonyl, isobutoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl and the like.
  • cycloalkylcarbonyl means a mono- or bicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 15 carbon ring members as mentioned above, which is bonded via the carbonyl group (-C (O) -), for example cyclopentylcarbonyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclooctylcarbonyl and like.
  • cycloalkoxycarbonyl means a cycloalkoxy group as mentioned above which is linked via the carbonyl group (-C (O) -).
  • alkenylcarbonyl means an alkenyl group as previously defined which is linked via the carbonyl group (-C (O) -).
  • alkenyloxycarbonyl means an alkenyloxy group as previously defined which is linked via the carbonyl group (-C (O) -).
  • alkynylcarbonyl group means an alkynyl group linked via the carbonyl group (-C (O) -).
  • alkynyloxycarbonyl means an alkynyloxy group as previously defined which is linked via the carbonyl group (-C (O) -).
  • Halogen is fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
  • M stands for a cation equivalent, ie for monovalent cation or the proportion of a polyvalent cation corresponding to a positive single charge.
  • the cation M + serves only as a counterion to the neutralization of the negatively charged COO " group and can in principle be chosen arbitrarily, Therefore, preferably alkali metal, especially sodium, potassium or lithium ions or onium ions, such as ammonium, mono-, Di-, tri-, tetraalkylammonium, phosphonium ions, tetraalkylphosphonium or tetraarylphosphonium ions used.
  • Condensed ring systems may be fused (fused) aromatic, hydroaromatic and cyclic compounds.
  • Condensed ring systems generally consist of two, three or more than three rings, each of which is unsubstituted or may carry the substituents previously mentioned for aryl.
  • the fused ring system may contain carbon atoms as well as oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur selected heteroatoms as ring members.
  • the bridge may also have 1, 2 or 3 in addition to carbon atoms as bridging atoms under nitrogen, Oxygen and sulfur selected heteroatoms.
  • Suitable derivatives of the compounds according to formula 1 include the acid addition salts of the compounds of formula 1.
  • Suitable acids are hydrohalic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, dC 6 carboxylic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, or sulfonic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid or methanesulfonic acid.
  • the dermocosmetics contain compounds according to formula 1, in which in the group CR 5 the substituent R 5 is hydrogen.
  • R 2 is OR 6 .
  • R 6 is preferably hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 -alkyl.
  • compounds according to formula 1 are preferred in which R 6 is hydrogen, ie R 2 is hydroxy.
  • R 3 is hydrogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, hydroxyCrC 6 -alkyl, amino-C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, C 1 -C 6 -alkylamino-d-Ce -alkyl, di- (Ci-C 6 -alkylamino) -Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-Ce-alkylaminocarbonyl, di- (CrC 6 - alkylamino) carbonyl or aminocarbonyl.
  • R 3 is hydrogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl or sec-butyl, hydroxy-C 1 -C 2 -alkyl, such as hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl, or aminocarbonyl.
  • R 1 is hydrogen, d-Ce-alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, C r C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, especially dC 4 - alkoxycarbonyl, z.
  • R 1 is hydrogen, d-Ce-alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, C r C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, especially dC 4 - alkoxycarbonyl, z.
  • R 1 is hydrogen or COOH.
  • Equally preferred compounds according to formula 1 are those in which R 4 is C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, amino-C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, C 1 -C 6 -alkylamino-C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, di- (C 1 -C 6 -alkyl) -amino dC 6 - alkyl, phenyl-Ci-C 6 -alkyl or phenyl, where phenyl may be unsubstituted in the two last-mentioned substituents or one or two 4 alkyl and dC 4 among C - alkoxy may bear substituents selected.
  • R 4 is C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, especially C 1 -C 2 -alkyl, e.g. As methyl or ethyl, di- (Ci-C 4 -alkyl) amino-Ci-C 4 - alkyl, especially di- (Ci-C 2 alkyl) amino-Ci-C 2 alkyl such as dimethylaminomethyl, dimethylaminoethyl , Diethylaminomethyl or diethylaminoethyl, phenyl-dC 2 -alkyl, such as benzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 2-phenylethyl, or phenyl.
  • R 4 and R 5 together represent a divalent bridging group having 1 to 6 atoms, in particular 2, 3, 4 or 5 atoms, between the flanking bonds.
  • compounds according to formula 1 are preferred in which R 4 and R 5 together represent a divalent bridging group having 1 to 6 atoms between the flanking bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 together with the carbon atoms of the pyridine ring to which they are attached represent a fused ring system.
  • Preferred fused rings are benzene, naphthalene and anthracene rings, which are unsubstituted or substituted by one or two of the substituents previously mentioned for aryl. can.
  • R 4 and R 5 together with the carbon atoms of the pyridine ring to which they are attached are an unsubstituted benzene ring.
  • R 1 and R 5 together represent a divalent bridging group having 1 to 6 atoms, in particular 2, 3, 4 or 5 atoms, between the flanking bonds.
  • R 1 and R 5 together with the carbon atoms of the pyridine ring to which they are attached are a fused ring system.
  • Preferred fused rings are five- or six-membered heterocyclic, partially unsaturated rings containing, in addition to carbon atoms, one or two heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen. More preferably, R 1 and R 5 together with the carbon atoms of the pyridine ring to which they are attached are a 2,5-dihydrofuran ring, 2,5-dihydrothiophene ring or 2,5-dihydro-1 H-pyrrole ring.
  • R 1 and R 5 together with the carbon atoms of the pyridine ring to which they are attached represent a 2,5-dihydrofuran ring.
  • R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 11 , R 12 and R 13 preferably have the following meanings:
  • R 7 , R 11 are each independently hydrogen or Ci-Cio-alkyl; and R 8 , R 9 , R 12 , R 13 are independently hydrogen or Ci-Cio-alkyl.
  • such compounds according to formula 1 are used in the dermocosmetics according to the invention, which in the singeing test for checking the antioxidant effect of said substances (the details for carrying out this test are described in Example 4), compared to the reference substance vitamin E, an oxygen consumption after 20 hours incubation with squalene less than 90%, preferably less than 80%, 70% or 60%, most preferably less than 50%, 40%, 30% or 20%, and most preferably less than 10 % exhibit.
  • a preferred subject matter of the present invention are dermocosmetics containing compounds selected from the group comprising 4-phenyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-benzyl-6-isopropyl-1 , 3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3 hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, 3-hydroxy-2-methylquinoline-4-carboxylic acid and 6-methylpyridin-3-ol, more preferably 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine and 3-hydroxypic
  • Dermocosmetics according to the invention preferably contain the abovementioned substances in a proportion of 0.001 to 30% by weight (wt .-%), preferably 0.01 to 0.1 wt .-%, 0.1 to 1 wt .-% based on the total weight of agent.
  • the dermocosmetics contain the above-mentioned compounds in a concentration of 1 to 10 wt .-%, preferably 2 to 8 wt .-%, 3 to 7 wt .-%, 4 to 6 wt .-% based on the Total weight of the agent.
  • the dermocosmetics contain the abovementioned compounds in a concentration of 10 to 20% by weight, preferably 1 to 19% by weight, 12 to 18% by weight, 13 to 17% by weight, 14 to 16 wt .-% based on the total weight of the composition.
  • the dermocosmetics contain the abovementioned compounds in a concentration of 20 to 30% by weight, preferably 21 to 29% by weight, 22 to 28% by weight, 23 to 27% by weight. , 24 to 26 wt .-% based on the total weight of the composition.
  • the dermocosmetics according to the invention contain, in addition to the compounds of the formula 1, one or more cosmetic or dermocosmetic active ingredients.
  • active substances selected from the group of natural or synthetic polymers, pigments, humectants, oils, waxes, enzymes, minerals, vitamins, sunscreens, dyes, fragrances, antioxidants, preservatives and / or pharmaceutical active ingredients, which are used for Support, prevention and treatment of skin diseases are used and have a healing, damage preventive, regenerating or improving the general condition of the skin biological effect.
  • auxiliaries and additives for the production of hair cosmetic or skin cosmetic preparations are familiar to the expert and can from manuals of cosmetics, such as Schrader, bases and formulations of cosmetics, Weghig Verlag, Heidelberg, 1989, ISBN 3-7785-1491-1 , or Limbach, cosmetics: development, production and application of cosmetic products, 2nd extended edition, 1995, Georg Thieme Verlag, ISBN 3 13 712 602 9 are removed.
  • the dermocosmetics according to the invention preferably contain at least one of the compounds defined above and at least one different constituent selected from cosmetically active ingredients, emulsifiers, surfactants, preservatives, perfume oils, thickeners, hair polymers, hair and skin conditioners, graft polymers, water-soluble or dispersible silicone-containing polymers, light stabilizers, bleaching agents, gelling agents, conditioners, dyeing agents, tanning agents, tanning agents, dyes, pigments, bodying agents, moisturizers, restockers, collagen, protein hydrolysates, lipids, antioxidants, defoamers, antistatic agents, emollients and plasticizers.
  • cosmetically active ingredients emulsifiers, surfactants, preservatives, perfume oils, thickeners, hair polymers, hair and skin conditioners, graft polymers, water-soluble or dispersible silicone-containing polymers, light stabilizers, bleaching agents, gelling agents, conditioners, dyeing agents, tanning agents, tanning
  • the active compounds can also be described in encapsulated form as described in the patents / patent applications EP 00974775 B1, DE 2311 712, EP 0278 878, DE 1999 47147, EP 0706822B1 and WO 98/16621, the contents of which are hereby expressly incorporated by reference into the cosmetic Preparations should be included.
  • the amount of such active substances / substances (one or more of the compounds characterized in greater detail hereinafter) in the preparations according to the invention is preferably from 0.001 to 30% by weight, particularly preferably from 0.05 to 20% by weight, in particular from 1 to 10% by weight .-%, based on the total weight of the preparation.
  • the above-mentioned and further active compounds that can be used in the preparations according to the invention are given in DE 103 18 526 A1 on pages 12 to 17, to which reference is made in full at this point.
  • the dermocosmetics according to the invention are preferably skin protection agents, skin care preparations, skin cleansing agents, hair protection agents, hair care preparations, hair cleansing preparations or preparations for decorative cosmetics which, depending on the field of application, are preferably in the form of ointments, creams, emulsions, suspensions, lotions, as milk, Pastes, gels, foams or sprays are applied.
  • the formulation base of dermocosmetics according to the invention preferably contains cosmetically or dermocosmetically / pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are known to be usable in the field of pharmacy, food technology and related fields, in particular those listed in relevant pharmacopoeias (for example German Pharmacopoeia) and other auxiliaries whose properties do not preclude physiological application.
  • Suitable cosmetically and / or dermocosmetically active agents are, for example, coloring agents, skin and hair pigmenting agents, toning agents, tanning agents (artificial skin tanning agents), bleaching agents, keratin-hardening substances, antimicrobial agents, light filter active ingredients, repellent active ingredients, hyperemic substances, keratolytic and keratoplastic acting substances, anti-dandruff agents, anti-inflammatory agents, keratinizing substances, antioxidants or free-radical scavengers, skin-moisturizing or moisturizing substances, moisturizing agents, anti-dehydration or anti-allergic active substances, branched fatty acids such as 18-methyl eicosanoic acid, and mixtures thereof.
  • a related embodiment is based on expert knowledge, as shown for example in Fiedler, HP Lexicon of excipients for pharmacy, cosmetics and related fields, 4th ed., Aulendorf: ECV Editio Kantor Verlag, 1996.
  • the active ingredients may be mixed or diluted with a suitable excipient (excipient).
  • Excipients may be solid, semi-solid or liquid materials which may serve as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active ingredient. If desired, the admixing of further auxiliaries takes place in the manner known to the person skilled in the art.
  • the polymers and dispersions are suitable as auxiliaries in pharmacy, preferably as or in coating agent (s) or binder (s) for solid dosage forms. They can also be used in creams and as tablet coatings and tablet binders.
  • antioxidants are selected which are described on page 17, lines 15-40 of the PCT application with the file reference PCT / EP2006 / 064264.
  • the content of the said text is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the above-mentioned pages and lines, as well as all other references to the contents of the PCT application with the file reference PCT / EP2006 / 064264, refer to the application text filed on July 14, 2006 at the European Patent Office of the cited patent application.
  • Panthenol, pantolactone, nicotinamide and biotin are very particularly preferred according to the invention.
  • compositions according to the invention contain at least one pigment.
  • the pigments are present in undissolved form in the product composition and may be present in an amount of from 0.01 to 25% by weight, more preferably from 5 to 15% by weight.
  • the preferred particle size is 1 to 200 .mu.m, in particular 3 to 150 .mu.m, particularly preferably 10 to 100 .mu.m.
  • the pigments are practically insoluble colorants in the application medium and may be inorganic or organic. Also inorganic-organic mixed pigments are possible. Preference is given to inorganic pigments.
  • the advantage of inorganic pigments is their excellent light, weather and temperature resistance.
  • inorganic pigments examples include inorganic pigments, organic pigments and pearlescing agents.
  • organic pigments examples include inorganic pigments, organic pigments and pearlescing agents.
  • pearlescing agents can be found in pages 19, lines 10-42, page 20, lines 1-9 and 27-39 of PCT Application Serial No. PCT / EP2006 / 064264. The content of the said passages is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the composition according to the invention contains from 0.01 to 10, particularly preferably from 0.05 to 5,% by weight of at least one particulate substance.
  • Suitable substances are e.g. Substances which are solid at room temperature (25 ° C) and in the form of particles. Suitable examples are silica, silicates, aluminates, clays, mica, salts, in particular inorganic metal salts, metal oxides, e.g. Titanium dioxide, minerals and polymer particles.
  • the particles are present in the agent undissolved, preferably stably dispersed form and can be deposited in solid form after application to the application surface and evaporation of the solvent.
  • Preferred particulate substances are silica (silica gel, silica) and metal salts, in particular inorganic metal salts, with silica being particularly preferred.
  • Metal salts are e.g. Alkali or alkaline earth halides such as sodium chloride or potassium chloride; Alkali or alkaline earth sulfates such as sodium sulfate or magnesium sulfate.
  • Typical thickeners in such formulations are crosslinked polyacrylic acids and their derivatives, polysaccharides and their derivatives, such as xanthan gum, agar-agar, alginates or tyloses, cellulose derivatives, e.g. Carboxymethylcellulose or hydroxycarboxymethylcellulose, fatty alcohols, monoglycerides and fatty acids, polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone.
  • Nonionic thickeners are preferably used.
  • Artificial skin tanning agents which are suitable for tanning the skin without natural or artificial irradiation with UV rays are, for example, dihydroxyacetone, alloxan and walnut shell extract.
  • Suitable keratin-hardening substances are as a rule active ingredients, as are also used in antiperspirants, for example potassium aluminum sulfate, aluminum hydroxychloride, aluminum lactate, etc.
  • Antimicrobial agents are used to destroy microorganisms or to inhibit their growth and thus serve both as a preservative and as a deodorizing substance, which reduces the formation or intensity of body odor.
  • deodorizing substances are, for example, zinc ricinoleate, triclosan, undecylenic acid alkylolamides, triethyl citronate, chlorhexidine etc.
  • the cosmetic compositions may contain perfume oils.
  • perfume oils are the mixtures of natural and synthetic fragrances mentioned on page 23, lines 1-36 of the PCT application with the file reference PCT / EP2006 / 064264. The content of the said text is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety
  • compositions according to the invention preferably contain oils, fats and / or waxes.
  • Advantageous constituents of the oil and / or fat phase of the compositions according to the invention fatty acid triglycerides, Guerbet alcohols, cyclic or linear silicone oils, phospholipids are described on pages 23, lines 40-43 and page 29, line 14 of the PCT Application Serial No. PCT / EP2006 / 064264 The contents of the said texts are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety
  • Suitable cosmetically acceptable oil and fat components are also described in Karl-Heinz Schrader, Fundamentals and formulations of cosmetics, 2nd edition, Verlag Wegig, Heidelberg, p. 319-355, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the cosmetic or dermatological composition in the sense of the present invention represents a solution or emulsion or dispersion
  • the solvents mentioned on page 29 of the PCT application with the file reference PCT / EP2006 / 064264 can be used.
  • the content of the said text is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • compositions of the invention may contain surfactants and polysorbates.
  • surfactants and polysorbates are described, for example, on the page 30 of the PCT application with file number PCT / EP2006 / 064264. The content of the text cited is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • surfactants and / or polysorbates are used according to the invention advantageously in a concentration of 0.1 to 5% by weight and in particular in a concentration of 1, 5 to 2.5% by weight, based on the total weight of the composition, individually or as a mixture several polysorbates used.
  • the compositions also contain conditioning agents.
  • Conditioning agents which are preferred according to the invention are, for example, all compounds disclosed in section 4 of the International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook (Volume 4, published by: RC Pepe, JA Wenninger, GN McEwen, The Cosmetic, Toiletry, and Fragrance Association, 9th Edition, 2002) the terms Hair Conditioning Agents, Humectants, Skin Conditioning Agents, Skin Conditioning Agents Emollient, Skin Conditioning Agents Humectant, Skin Conditioning Agents-Miscellaneous, Skin Conditioning Agents- Occlusive and Skin Protectans are listed as well as all in the EP -An 934 956 (pp.
  • Polyquaternium compounds in particular Polyquaternium-1 to Polyquaternium Suitable conditioning agents include, for example, polymeric quaternary ammonium compounds, cationic cellulose derivatives and polysaccharides.
  • Conditioning agents which are advantageous according to the invention can be selected from those given in Table 1 on page 32 of the PCT application with the file reference PCT / EP2006 / 064264. The content of said table is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • guar gum quali- Terni catalyzed derivatives in particular guar, hydroxypropylammonium (eg Jaguar Excel ®, Jaguar C 162 ® (Rhodia), CAS 65497-29-2, CAS 39421-75-5).
  • guar hydroxypropylammonium
  • non-ionic poly N-vinylpyrrolidone / polyvinyl acetate copolymers eg Lu viskol ® VA 64 (BASF)
  • anionic acrylate copolymers eg Luviflex soft ® (BASF)
  • amphoteric amide / acrylate / methacrylate copolymers for example, Amphomer ® ( National Starch)
  • the dermocosmetics according to the invention optionally contain ethoxylated oils. Preferred are the oils disclosed on page 33 from line 19 and page 34, lines 1 to 12 of PCT Application Serial No. PCTVE P2006 / 064264. The contents of the said passages are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • sunscreen agents are, in particular, cosmetic or dermatological light stabilizers which contain at least one UV filter substance.
  • the cosmetic and / or dermatological sunscreen compositions of this invention are for cosmetic and / or dermatological photoprotection, further for the treatment and care of the skin and / or the hair and as a make-up product in the decorative cosmetics.
  • These include, for example, sunscreens, lotions, milks, oils, baisams, gels, lip care and lipsticks, masking creams and sticks, moisturizers, lotions, emulsions, face, body and hand creams, hair conditioners and conditioners, Hair fixatives, styling gels, hair sprays, deodorants or eye wrinkle creams, tropicals, sunblocks, aftersun preparations. All preparations contain at least one of the UV filter substances mentioned.
  • Sun oils are usually mixtures of various oils with one or more sunscreen filters and perfume oils.
  • the oil components are selected according to different cosmetic properties. Oils that give good fat and soft feel, such as mineral oils (eg, paraffin oils) and fatty acid triglycerides (eg, peanut oil, sesame oil, avocado oil, medium chain triglycerides) are mixed with oils that promote dispersibility and retraction Improve the sun oils in the skin, reduce the stickiness and make the oil film for air and water vapor (sweat) permeable. These include branched-chain fatty acid esters (eg isopropyl palmitate) and silicone oils (eg dimethylsilicone). When using oils based on unsaturated fatty acids antioxidants, eg.
  • Sun oils as anhydrous formulations usually contain no preservatives.
  • Sunmilk and creams are made as oil-in-water (O / W) emulsions and as water-in-oil (W / O) emulsions.
  • O / W emulsions are easily distributed on the skin, they are usually absorbed quickly and are almost always readily washable with water.
  • W / O emulsions are harder to rub in, they make the skin stronger and thus look a bit stickier, but on the other hand they better protect the skin from drying out.
  • W / O emulsions are mostly waterproof.
  • the emulsion base determines the degree of water resistance.
  • auxiliaries eg polymers
  • the light stabilizers are usually based on a carrier which contains at least one oil phase.
  • a carrier which contains at least one oil phase.
  • compositions based on water are also possible. Accordingly, oils, oil-in-water and water-in-oil emulsions, creams and pastes, lip balm sticks or fat-free gels are contemplated.
  • emulsions u.a. also O / W macroemulsions, O / W microemulsions or O / W / O emulsions having dispersed in surface-coated titanium dioxide particles, wherein the emulsions by phase inversion technology, e.g. according to the technology described in DE-A-197 26 121, are available.
  • Typical film formers are, for example, hydrocolloids such as chitosan, microcrystalline chitosan or quaternized chitosan, polyvinylpyrrolidone, vinylpyrrolidone-vinyl acetate copolymers, polymers of the acrylic acid series, quaternary cellulose derivatives and similar compounds.
  • Suitable light filter active substances are substances which absorb UV rays in the UV-B and / or UV-A range. By this are meant organic substances capable of absorbing ultraviolet rays and absorbing the absorbed energy in the form of longer wavelength radiation, e.g. Heat, give it up again.
  • the organic substances may be oil-soluble or water-soluble.
  • Suitable UV filters are e.g. 2,4,6-triaryl-1, 3,5-triazines, in which the aryl groups can each carry at least one substituent, which is preferably selected from hydroxy, alkoxy, especially methoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, especially methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl.
  • p-aminobenzoic acid esters p-aminobenzoic acid esters, cinnamic acid esters, benzophenones, camphor derivatives and UV-blocking pigments, such as titanium dioxide, talc and zinc oxide. Particular preference is given to pigments based on titanium dioxide.
  • Suitable repellent agents are compounds capable of preventing or repelling certain animals, particularly insects, from humans. These include, for example, 2-ethyl-1, 3-hexanediol, N, N-diethyl-m-toluamide, etc.
  • Suitable active ingredients are on page 39 from line 25 of the PCT application with the file reference PCT / EP2006 / 064264 called. The content of the said text is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the dermocosmetics according to the invention can contain at least one cosmetically or pharmaceutically acceptable polymer as cosmetic and / or pharmaceutical active substance (as well as optionally as adjuvant). These include, in general, cationic, amphoteric and neutral polymers.
  • Suitable polymers are e.g. cationic polymers called polyquaternium according to INCI, e.g. Copolymers of vinylpyrrolidone / N-vinylimidazolium salts, copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone / dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, quaternized with diethyl sulfate (Luviquat PQ 11), copolymers of N-vinylcaprolactam / N-vinylpyrrolidone / N-vinylimidazolium salts (Luviquat E Hold) , cationic cellulose derivatives (polyquaternium-4 and -10), acrylamidocopolymers (polyquaternium-7) and chitosan.
  • polyquaternium cationic polymers called polyquaternium according to INCI, e.g. Copolymers of vinylpyrrolidone / N-vinylimidazolium salts
  • Suitable polymers are mentioned on pages 40 (from line 15) to 41 (to line 9) of the PCT application with the file reference PCT / EP2006 / 064264. The content of the said text is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the active ingredients from the group of refatting substances, for example PurCellin, Eucerit ® and Neocerit® ®.
  • the active ingredient (s) are furthermore advantageously selected from the group of NO synthase inhibitors, in particular when the preparations according to the invention are used for the treatment and prophylaxis of the symptoms of intrinsic and / or extrinsic skin aging and for the treatment and prophylaxis of the harmful effects of ultraviolet radiation on the skin and the hair should serve.
  • Preferred NO synthase inhibitor is nitroarginine.
  • the active substance (s) are selected from the group comprising catechins and bile acid esters of catechins and aqueous or organic extracts from plants or plant parts which have a content of catechins or bile acid esters of catechins.
  • Such active substances and extracts can be found on page 42 from line 4 and page 43 to line 25 of the PCT application with the file reference PCT / EP2006 / 064264. The content of the said text is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the active compounds can also be chosen very advantageously from the group of hydrophilic active substances, in particular from the following group: ⁇ -hydroxy acids such as lactic acid or salicylic acid or salts thereof such as Na lactate, Ca lactate, TEA lactate, urea, allantoin, serine, sorbitol, glycerol, milk proteins, panthenol, chitosan.
  • ⁇ -hydroxy acids such as lactic acid or salicylic acid or salts thereof such as Na lactate, Ca lactate, TEA lactate, urea, allantoin, serine, sorbitol, glycerol, milk proteins, panthenol, chitosan.
  • the dermocosmetics according to the invention are skin cleansers, hair treatment agents, nail care products or preparations for decorative cosmetics, as described on pages 45 (from line 15) to 49 (to line 35) (skin cleanser) and pages 49 (ab Line 37) to 53 (to line 42) (hair treatment agent) of the PCT Application Serial No. PCT / EP2006 / 064264.
  • the content of the said text is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • Suitable skin cosmetic agents are also e.g. Face lotions, face masks, deodorants and other cosmetic lotions.
  • Means for use in decorative cosmetics include, for example, masking pens, theatrical paints, mascara and eye shadows, lipsticks, kohl pencils, eyeliners, blushes, powders, and eyebrow pencils.
  • the compounds according to the formulas 1 can be used in pore cleansing nose strips, in anti-acne agents, repellents, shaving agents, after- and pre-shave care products, after-sun care products, hair-removing preparations, hair dyeing preparations, personal care products, foot care products and in baby care.
  • the hair cosmetic or skin cosmetic preparation is used for application to the skin (topically) or hair.
  • Topical preparations are to be understood as meaning those preparations which are suitable for applying the active ingredients to the skin in fine distribution and preferably in a form absorbable by the skin.
  • aqueous and aqueous-alcoholic solutions sprays, foams, foam aerosols, ointments, aqueous gels, emulsions of the O / W or W / O type, microemulsions or cosmetic stick preparations.
  • the agent contains a carrier.
  • a carrier is water, a gas, a water-based liquid, an oil, a gel, an emulsion or microemulsion, a dispersion or a mixture thereof.
  • the mentioned carriers show a good skin Compatibility.
  • Particularly advantageous for topical preparations are aqueous gels, emulsions or microemulsions.
  • Another subject of the invention relates to the use of the compounds of the general formula 1 according to the invention, preferably 4-phenyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-benzyl-6-isopropyl-1 , 3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3 hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, 3-hydroxy-2-methylquinoline-4-carboxylic acid or 6-methylpyridin-3-ol, more preferably 4-dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine and 3-
  • Another subject of the invention is the use of the compounds of general formula 1 according to the invention, preferably 4-phenyl-6-methyl-1, 3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-benzyl-6-isopropyl-1 , 3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3 hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, 3-hydroxy-2-methylquinoline-4-carboxylic acid or 6-methylpyridin-3-ol, more preferably 4-dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine and 3-hydroxypicolinic
  • the abovementioned compounds are used to increase the shelf life or duration of use of in skin protection agents, skin care preparations, skin cleansing preparations, hair protection preparations, hair care preparations, hair cleansing preparations or in preparations for decorative cosmetics used existing cosmetic or dermocemetic agents / ingredients.
  • a further preferred embodiment of the present invention relates to the use of the compounds of general formula 1 according to the invention, preferably 4-phenyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-benzyl 6-isopropyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2 - (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, 3-hydroxy-2-methylquinoline-4-carboxylic acid or 6-methylpyridin-3-ol, more preferably 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl -1, 3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine
  • a further preferred embodiment of the present invention relates to the use of the compounds of general formula 1 according to the invention, preferably 4-phenyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-benzyl 6-isopropyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2 - (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, 3-hydroxy-2-methylquinoline-4-carboxylic acid or 6-methylpyridin-3-ol, more preferably 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl -1, 3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine
  • the invention relates to the use of a compound according to formula 1, preferably 4-phenyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-benzyl-6-isopropyl-1,3 - dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, 3-hydroxy-2-methylquinoline-4-carboxylic acid or 6-methylpyridin-3-ol, more preferably 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridine-7 ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine and 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, most
  • the compounds according to the invention of the general formula 1 preferably 4-phenyl-6-methyl-1, 3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-benzyl-6-isopropyl-1, 3- dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, 3-hydroxy-2-methylquinoline-4-carboxylic acid or 6-methylpyridin-3-ol, more preferably 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3, 4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine and 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, most preferably 4-dimethly
  • the cosmetic preparations according to the invention are applied to the skin or hair in the manner customary for cosmetics or dermocosmetics.
  • the dermocosmetics according to the invention can be composed as described above and serve for the preventative treatment, care and cleansing of the skin or hair or as make-up product in cosmetics.
  • the abovementioned compounds for the production of dermocosmetics, and / or for the stabilization of photosensitive and / or oxidation-sensitive substances in dermocosmetics, and / or for the prevention of radical-induced skin and / or hair damage, and / or for improvement the appearance of the skin and / or hair and / or as an antioxidant these are the dermocosmetic agents in a concentration of 0.001 to 30 weight percent (wt .-%), preferably 0.01 to 0.1 wt .-%, 0.1 to 1 wt .-% based on the total weight of the agent added.
  • the compounds according to the invention can be in a concentration of 1 to 10 wt .-%, preferably 2 to 8 wt .-%, 3 to 7 wt .-%, 4 to 6 wt .-%, based on the total weight of the agent used.
  • the compounds according to the invention may be present in a concentration of from 10 to 20% by weight, preferably from 1 to 19% by weight, from 12 to 18% by weight, from 13 to 17% by weight, from 14 to 16 wt .-% based on the total weight of the agent can be used.
  • the compounds according to the invention may be used in a concentration of 20 to 30% by weight, preferably 21 to 29% by weight, 22 to 28% by weight, 23 to 27% by weight, 24 to 26 wt .-% based on the total weight of the agent can be used.
  • (2-amino-2-methyl-propanol) AMP (ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid) EDTA,, (1, 1-difluoroethane) HFC 152, (International Nomenclature of Cosmetic Ingredients) INCI, (minutes) min., (Oil / water) O / W, (polyethylene glycol) PEG-25, (quantum satis) qs, (vinylpyrrolidones) VP, (water / oil) W / O, (active ingredient) WS, (polyvinylpyrrolydone) PVP.
  • Example 3 4-Dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol The preparation was carried out analogously to Example 1.
  • Example 4 Squalene test for the simulation of oxidation-sensitive cosmetic ingredients under oxidative conditions:
  • squalene is incubated in an airtight container in the presence of one test substance each and oxygen.
  • the container is connected to a pressure gauge.
  • the addition of N-hydroxyphthalimide and Cu-1 chloride to the solution induces radical oxidation, which involves consumption of oxygen.
  • the reduction of the oxygen concentration in turn results in a pressure drop in the container, which is documented by the pressure gauge.
  • the pressure drop in the container is a function of the radical oxidation of squalene molecules present in the container. It follows that the antioxidant property of a given test substance is inversely proportional to the decrease in oxygen concentration or the resulting pressure drop in the container after the induction of radical oxidation.
  • Test substance 1 4-Phenyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol
  • Test substance 2 4-Benzyl-6-isopropyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c ] pyridin-7-ol
  • test substance 3 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol test substance 4: 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride *
  • Test substance 5 2,3-dihydroxypyridine * Test substance 6: 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide * Test substance 7: 3-hydroxy-2-methylquinoline-4-carboxylic acid * Test substance 8: 6-methylpyridin-3-ol * *: commercially available, e.g. From Sigma-Aldrich, Germany.
  • V1 Vitamin E.
  • V2 Irganox®1010 from Ciba Specialty Chemicals, Switzerland, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate]; V3: ascorbyl palmitate V4: 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol (BHT)
  • the compounds of formula 1 have a stabilizing effect and can protect squalene from oxidation. As squalene makes up a large proportion of the skin fat, this also provides direct evidence of a skin-protecting and skin-improving effect and of these compounds. Furthermore, it is shown that the compounds of the formula 1 have a significantly stronger oxidation damage-inhibiting effect with respect to the comparative substances used and are therefore particularly suitable for use as oxidant inhibitors in cosmetic preparations. It is particularly noteworthy that the tested compounds cause almost complete oxidation protection over a long period of time compared to the other oxidants
  • test substance 4 the compounds 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride was used according to the invention for the production of dermocosmetics.
  • this compound is referred to as test substance 4.
  • Example 5 Use of the test substance 4 in a day care emulsion - type O / W
  • Preparation Heat phases A and B separately from each other to about 80 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A and homogenize. Stir phase C into combined phases A and B and homogenize again. Cool to about 40 ° C. with stirring, add phase D, adjust the pH to about 6.5 with phase E, homogenize and cool to room temperature while stirring.
  • the formulation is produced without inert gas.
  • the filling must be in oxygen-impermeable packaging, e.g. Aluminum tubes take place.
  • Example 6 Use of the test substance 4 in a protective day cream type
  • Preparation Heat phases A and B separately from each other to about 80 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A and homogenize. Incorporate phase C into the combined phases A and B and homogenize. Cool to about 40 ° C. while stirring. Add phase D, adjust the pH to about 6.5 with phase E and homogenize. Cool to room temperature while stirring.
  • Example 7 Use of the test substance 4 in a facial cleansing lotion - type
  • Example 8 Use of the test substance 4 in a Daily Care Body Spray
  • Example 9 Use of the test substance 4 in a skin care gel
  • Example 10 Use of the test substance 4 in an aftershave lotion
  • Preparation Mix the components of phase A. Dissolve phase B, work in phase A and homogenize.
  • Example 1 1 Use of the test substance 4 in an after-sun lotion WS 1%: test substance 4
  • Preparation Mix the components of phase A. Stir phase B into phase A while homogenizing. Neutralize with Phase C and homogenize again.
  • Example 12 Use of the test substance 4 in a sunscreen lotion WS 1%: test substance 4
  • Preparation Heat the components of phases A and B separately to about 80 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A and homogenize. Heat phase C to about 80 ° C. and stir into the combined phases A and B while homogenizing. Cool with stirring to about 40 ° C, add phase D and homogenize again.
  • Example 13 Use of the test substance 4 in a sunscreen lotion - type O / W
  • Example 14 Use of the test substance 4 in a sunscreen lotion - type O / W
  • Example 15 Use of the test substance 4 in a foot balm WS 1%: test substance 4
  • Preparation Heat the components of phases A and B separately to about 80 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A while homogenizing. Cool with stirring to about 40 0 C, add the phases C and D and briefly nachhomogene. Cool to room temperature while stirring.
  • Example 16 Use of the test substance 4 in a W / O emulsion with bisabolol WS 1%: test substance 4
  • test substance 4 q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
  • test substance 4 q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
  • Preparation Mix the components of phase A. Add the components of phase B one by one and dissolve. Fill with phase C.
  • Preparation Mix the components of phase A. Add the components of phase B one by one and dissolve. Fill with phase C.
  • Preparation Mix the components of phase A. Clear the components of phase B, then stir phase B into phase A. Adjust the pH to 6-7, fill with phase C.
  • Preparation Mix the components of phase A. Add the components of phase B one by one and dissolve. Dissolve phase C in the mixture of A and B, then adjust the pH to 6-7. Fill with phase D.
  • Preparation Mix the components of phase A. Add the components of phase B one by one and dissolve. Dissolve phase C in the mixture of A and B, then adjust the pH to 6-7. Fill with phase D.
  • phase A Solubilize phase A. Weigh phase B into phase A and solve it clearly. Adjust the pH to 6-7, fill with phase C.
  • phase A Solubilize phase A. Weigh phase B into phase A and solve it clearly. Adjust the pH to 6-7, fill with phase C.
  • phase A Solubilize phase A. Weigh phase B into phase A and solve it clearly. Adjust the pH to 6-7, fill with phase C.
  • Preparation Mix the components of phase A. Add the components of phase B one by one and dissolve. Fill with phase C.
  • Preparation Mix and dissolve the components of phase A. Adjust the pH to 6-7 with citric acid.
  • Phase B prehomogenising briefly, then stir phase B into phase A and homogenize again ren.Abaffecting to about 40 0 C, add phase C and homogenize thoroughly again. Adjust the pH to 6-7 with citric acid.
  • Preparation Heat phases A and B separately to about 80 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A and homogenize. Cool with stirring to about 40 0 C, add phase C and homogenize again. Allow to cool to room temperature while stirring.
  • Example 35 Liquid Make-up - Type O / W
  • Preparation Heat phases A and B separately to about 80 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A and homogenize. Cool with stirring to about 40 0 C, add phases C and D and thoroughly homogenize again. Allow to cool to room temperature while stirring.
  • test substance 4 the compounds 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride according to the invention are used for the production of the dermocosmetics.
  • this compound is referred to as test substance 4.
  • test substance 4 mentioned is used as an approximately 10% strength by weight solution.
  • the following information is parts by weight.

Abstract

The present invention relates to dermocosmetics comprising pyrimidinol and/or pyrimidine compounds and to the use of said dermocosmetics in order to reduce skin or hair damage caused by radicals and increase the shelf live of dermocosmetic preparations.

Description

Verwendung von N-haltigen Heterozyklen in Dermokosmetika. Use of N-containing heterocycles in dermocosmetics.
Beschreibungdescription
Die vorliegende Erfindung betrifft dermokosmetische Mittel enthaltend N-haltige Heterozyklen, bevorzugt Pyridin/Pyrimidin und/oder Pyridinol/Pyrimidinol-Verbindung gemäß der allgemeinen Formel 1. Die Erfindung betrifft ferner die Verwendung dieser Verbindungen in dermokosmetischen Zubereitungen und die Verwendung der erfindungsgemäßen Dermokosmetika zur Verminderung bzw. Vermeidung von durch Radi- kale hervorgerufene Haut- oder Haarschädigungen. Ein weiterer Erfindungsgegenstand betrifft die Verwendung der erfindungsgemäßen Verbindungen zur Steigerung der Haltbarkeit dermokosmetischer Zubereitungen bzw. der Stabilisierung der in den genannten Zubereitungen enthaltenen oxidationsempfindlichen Inhaltstoffe. Weitere Ausführungsformen der vorliegenden Erfindung sind den Ansprüchen, der Beschreibung und den Beispielen zu entnehmen. Es versteht sich, dass die vorstehend genannten und die nachstehend noch zu erläuternden Merkmale des erfindungsgemäßen Gegenstandes nicht nur in der jeweils angegebenen Kombination, sondern auch in anderen Kombinationen verwendbar sind, ohne den Rahmen der Erfindung zu verlassen.The present invention relates to dermocosmetic compositions containing N-containing heterocycles, preferably pyridine / pyrimidine and / or pyridinol / pyrimidinol compound according to the general formula 1. The invention further relates to the use of these compounds in dermokosmetischen preparations and the use of dermocosmetics according to the invention for reducing or Avoidance of radicle-induced skin or hair damage. Another subject of the invention relates to the use of the compounds according to the invention for increasing the shelf life of the dermocosmetic preparations or for stabilizing the oxidation-sensitive ingredients contained in the said preparations. Further embodiments of the present invention can be taken from the claims, the description and the examples. It is understood that the features mentioned above and those yet to be explained of the subject matter according to the invention can be used not only in the particular combination specified, but also in other combinations, without departing from the scope of the invention.
Hautalterung wird heute als Folge des Zusammenspiels chronologischer (intrinsische) Hautalterung und durch exogene Faktoren bedingter (extrinsische) Hautalterung verstanden. Dabei wird angenommen, dass die intrinsische Hautalterung Folge genetischer Prozesse ist.Skin aging is today understood as the result of the interaction of chronological (intrinsic) skin aging and exogenous factors of conditioned (extrinsic) skin aging. It is assumed that intrinsic skin aging is the result of genetic processes.
Die extrinsische Hautalterung wird durch exogene Einflüsse, insbesondere UV- Strahlung (Photoaging), beeinflusst. Als wesentlicher Mechanismus, der zur extrinsi- schen Hautalterung führt, wird die Bildung freier Kohlenstoffradikale oder reaktiver Sauerstoffspezies (ROS), wie z.B. Peroxidradikalen, angesehen. Diese äußerst reaktiven Substanzen führen zur Oxidation verschiedenster Zellbestandteile wie etwa der DNA, Proteinen und Membranlipiden. Im Hautbereich beschädigen freie Radikale das Kollagen und das Elastin und beeinträchtigen die Fettstoffe. Die Haut verliert dadurch ihren Tonus und ihre Elastizität und es entsteht das Altersfleckenpigment Lipofuscin. Die freien Radikale entstehen unter dem Einfluss zahlreicher Faktoren: Umweltverschmutzung, übermässige Sonneneinwirkung, Rauchen, Alkohol- und Fettkonsum.Extrinsic skin aging is influenced by exogenous influences, in particular UV radiation (photoaging). As an essential mechanism leading to extrinsic aging of the skin, the formation of free carbon radicals or reactive oxygen species (ROS), e.g. Peroxide radicals, considered. These extremely reactive substances lead to the oxidation of various cell components such as DNA, proteins and membrane lipids. In the skin area, free radicals damage the collagen and elastin and affect the fatty substances. As a result, the skin loses its tone and elasticity and the age-spot pigment lipofuscin develops. The free radicals are formed under the influence of numerous factors: pollution, excessive sun exposure, smoking, alcohol and fat consumption.
Die Belastung der Haut mit Sonnenlicht ist für das vorzeitige Altern lichtexponierter Hautareale verantwortlich. Die menschliche Haut zeigt eine hohe Empfindlichkeit im kurzwelligen Strahlungsbereich (UV-B) mit Wellenlängen von 290-320 nm. Für chronische UV-Schäden wird überwiegend der UV-A Bereich (320-400 nm) verantwortlich gemacht. Weiterhin werden folgende Erkrankungsbilder von Sonnenbestrahlung negativ beeinflusst: Lupus erythematodes, Lichturtikaria, Hydroa vacciniformis, lichtaggravierte atopische Dermatitis, Xeroderma Pigmentosum, Vitiligo, chronische aktini- sehe Dermatitis, Herpes simplex-lnfektionen sowie die sogenannte Mallorca-Akne (wird bei entsprechend disponierten Personen durch Peroxide unter gleichzeitiger UV- Bestrahlung ausgelöst (phototoxisch-chemotoxische Hautreaktion). Desweiteren wird durch UVA-Strahlung die Expression von Metalloproteinasen induziert. Dies führt zur Verminderung von Kollagenen und elastischen Fasern. Klinisch tritt extrinsische Hautalterung typischerweise an den Hautarealen auf, die Umwelteinflüssen ausgesetzt sind. Hier überlagert sie die Symptome der intrinsischen Hautalterung. Somit ist der Schutz der Haut vor den Folgen intensiver Sonneneinstrahlung von großer Bedeutung für die Gesundheit der Menschen.The exposure of the skin to sunlight is responsible for the premature aging of exposed skin areas. The human skin shows a high sensitivity in the short-wave radiation range (UV-B) with wavelengths of 290-320 nm. For chronic UV damages predominantly the UV-A range (320-400 nm) is made responsible. Furthermore, the following clinical pictures of sun exposure are negatively influenced: lupus erythematosus, solar urticaria, hydroa vacciniformis, photoagainst atopic dermatitis, xeroderma pigmentosum, vitiligo, chronic actinia see dermatitis, herpes simplex infections as well as the so-called Mallorca Acne (is triggered by persons exposed to peroxides with simultaneous UV irradiation (phototoxic chemotoxic skin reaction).) Furthermore, the expression of metalloproteinases is induced by UVA radiation Clinically, extrinsic skin aging typically occurs on skin areas exposed to environmental factors, superimposing the symptoms of intrinsic skin aging, thus protecting the skin from the effects of intense sunlight is of great importance to human health.
Weiterhin kommt es durch die genannten schädlichen Einflüsse zu Schäden an den Zellen der Haut selbst. Als Folge hiervon ist beispielsweise die Regenerationsfähigkeit der Haut verringert. Die Folgen der Alterung sind Verdünnung der Haut, schwächere Verzahnung von Epidermis und Dermis, Reduktion der Zellzahl sowie der versorgen- den Blutgefäße.Furthermore, the named harmful effects cause damage to the cells of the skin itself. As a consequence, for example, the skin's ability to regenerate is reduced. The consequences of aging are thinning of the skin, weaker interlocking of the epidermis and dermis, reduction of the number of cells and the supply of the blood vessels.
Die gleichen Faktoren wirken auch auf Haare, wo es ebenfalls zu einer Schädigung kommen kann. Die Haare werden spröde, weniger elastisch und glanzlos. Die Oberflächenstruktur der Haare wird geschädigt.The same factors also affect hair, where it can also cause damage. The hair becomes brittle, less elastic and lackluster. The surface structure of the hair is damaged.
Um den oben beschriebenen Streß zu begegnen, besitzt die Haut eine Vielzahl eigener Schutzmechanismen. Diese Schutzmechanismen reichen jedoch nicht aus, um oxidati- ve Prozesse und die damit verbundenen Alterungsprozesse oder Schädigungen der Haut vollständig zu verhindern (siehe auch „Skin diseases associated with oxidative injury" in „oxidative stress in dermatology, S 323 ff., Marcel Decker ine, New York, Basel, Hong Kong, Herausgeber: Jürgen Fuchs, Frankfurt und Lester Packer, Berkeley/Kalifornien).To counteract the stress described above, the skin has a variety of its own protective mechanisms. However, these protective mechanisms are not sufficient to completely prevent oxidative processes and the associated aging processes or damage to the skin (see also "Skin Diseases Associated with Oxidative Injury" in "Oxidative Stress in dermatology", p. 323 et seq., Marcel Decker ine , New York, Basel, Hong Kong, publisher: Jürgen Fuchs, Frankfurt and Lester Packer, Berkeley, California).
Die Bedeutung von Radikalen im Zusammenhang mit der Hautalterung hat in den letz- ten Jahren zu einer intensiven Suche nach Wirkstoffen geführt, welche die schädlichenThe importance of radicals in the context of skin aging has led in recent years to an intensive search for drugs that are harmful
Wirkungen von Radikalen beseitigen und somit das Gewebe vor oxidativer Schädigung schützen. Derartige antioxidativ wirkende Verbindungen werden in dermokosmetischen oder kosmetischen Zubereitungen zum Schutz und zur Pflege von Haut und Haaren eingesetzt. Darüber hinaus können sie aber auch als Schutz gegen den Verderb von oxidationsempfindlichen Substanzen eingesetzt werden.Eliminate the effects of radicals and thus protect the tissue from oxidative damage. Such antioxidant compounds are used in dermocosmetic or cosmetic preparations for the protection and care of skin and hair. In addition, they can also be used as protection against the spoilage of oxidation-sensitive substances.
Kosmetische oder dermokosmetische Pflegeprodukte mit Eigenschaften, die den beschriebenen oder vergleichbaren Prozessen entgegenwirken bzw. deren schädliche Folgen mindern oder rückgängig machen sollen, zeichnen sich häufig durch folgende Eigenschaften aus: radikalfangend, antioxidativ, entzündungshemmend oder feuchthal- tend. Sie verhindern oder reduzieren u.a. die Aktivität der matrixabbauenden Enzyme oder regulieren die Neusynthese von Kollagen, Elastin oder Proteoglycanen.Cosmetic or dermocosmetic care products with properties which counteract the described or comparable processes or whose harmful consequences should be reduced or reversed are often distinguished by the following properties: radical-catching, antioxidant, anti-inflammatory or moisturizing tend. Among other things, they prevent or reduce the activity of the matrix-degrading enzymes or regulate the new synthesis of collagen, elastin or proteoglycans.
Um die oben genannten Eigenschaften zu erreichen, werden den dermokosmetischen Zubereitungen Radikalfänger zugesetzt (z.B. DE 19739349). Von besonderer Bedeutung sind dabei die den genannten Zubereitungen als Radikalfänger für Sauerstoffradikale zugesetzten Vitamine E (Tocopherole) und C (Ascorbinsäure). In der WO 2005/042828 wird die Verwendung verschiedener gehinderter nitroxyle, hydroxylamine und hydroxylamin Salze in Kombination mit organischen UV Filtern zur Stabilisierung von Körperpflegeprodukten beschrieben. Bislang bleibt die tatsächlich erzielte Wirkung der Inaktivierung von Radikalen durch die beschriebenen Substanzen oder enzymati- schen Systeme hinter der erhofften Wirkungen zurück.In order to achieve the above-mentioned properties, radical scavengers are added to the dermocosmetic preparations (for example, DE 19739349). Of particular importance are the said preparations as radical scavengers for oxygen radicals added vitamins E (tocopherols) and C (ascorbic acid). WO 2005/042828 describes the use of various hindered nitroxyl, hydroxylamine and hydroxylamine salts in combination with organic UV filters for the stabilization of personal care products. So far, the actual effect of inactivating radicals by the described substances or enzymatic systems lags behind the hoped-for effects.
N-haltige Heterozyklen gemäß Formel 1 und deren Herstellung sind aus der Literatur seit langem bekannt und können auch teilweise käuflich erworben werden. Als Beispielliteratur seien genannt, die Patente DE 271 1656 (Herstellung von Pyridinolen) und US 5,189,166, sowie die Veröffentlichungen Acta Chem. Scand. 1987(37) 127 und 907 sowie J. Heterocycl. Chem. 1985(22)1281 und Tetrahedron 1983, 39(18), S. 2869N-containing heterocycles according to formula 1 and their preparation have long been known from the literature and can also be purchased in part. Examples which may be mentioned are the patents DE 271 1656 (preparation of pyridinols) and US Pat. No. 5,189,166, as well as the publications Acta Chem. Scand. 1987 (37) 127 and 907 and J. Heterocycl. Chem. 1985 (22) 1281 and Tetrahedron 1983, 39 (18), p. 2869
US 5001 136 (Pfizer Inc.) beschreibt die Verwendung von Aminopyridinen als Leu- kotrienase-lnhibitoren.US 5001 136 (Pfizer Inc.) describes the use of aminopyridines as leukotrienase inhibitors.
US 4374136 (May & Baker Ltd.) beschreibt die Synthese von Aminopyrimidinolen und deren Verwendung als Wirkstoff gegen Malaria.US 4374136 (May & Baker Ltd.) describes the synthesis of aminopyrimidinols and their use as an antimalarial drug.
Eine Verwendung dieser Substanzen als Radikalfänger oder Antioxidantien in kosmetischen Zubereitungen ist im Stand der Technik nicht beschrieben.A use of these substances as radical scavengers or antioxidants in cosmetic preparations is not described in the prior art.
Aufgrund des immer größer werdenden Bedarfs an Wirkstoffen zur Vorbeugung gegen die oben genannten Schädigungen von Haut und/oder Haar bzw. die Reduktion von bereits vorliegenden Schäden von Haut und/oder Haar, insbesondere als Folge von phototoxisch-chemotoxischen Reaktionen, war es Aufgabe der vorliegenden Erfindung Wirkstoffe zu identifizieren, die (i) ein möglichst geringes Irritationspotential für die Haut aufweisen, (ii) eine hohe Radikale inaktivierende Wirkung haben und (iii) zudem zur Herstellung von kosmetischen und/oder dermokosmetischen Formulierungen oder Zubereitungen geeignet sind. Im besonderen war es Aufgabe der vorliegenden Erfindung Wirkstoffe und diese Wirkstoffe enthaltende Mittel zur Verfügung zu stellen, die eine Radikale zersetzende Wirkung haben und zur Vermeidung oder Reduktion von durch die genannten Radikale hervorgerufenen Haut- und/oder Haarschädigungen eingesetzt werden können. Von besonderem Interesse war es ferner Wirkstoffe zu identifizieren, die oxidationsempfindliche dermokosmetisch aktive Substanzen stabilisieren und die Haltbarkeit derartiger Zubereitungen verlängern. Aufgabe der Erfindung war es daher auch dermokosmetische Zubereitungen bereit zustellen, die sich zur Prophylaxe und Behandlung lichtempfindlicher Haut, insbesondere von Photodermatosen oder polymorphe Lichtdermatosen wie sie in der Literatur beschrieben sind (z.B. Aa. Voelckel et al., Zentralblatt Haut- und Geschlechtskrankheiten (1989), 156, S.2), eignen.Due to the ever-increasing demand for active ingredients to prevent the above-mentioned damage to the skin and / or hair or the reduction of existing damage to the skin and / or hair, especially as a result of phototoxic chemotoxic reactions, it was the task of the present To identify active substances which (i) have the lowest possible irritation potential for the skin, (ii) have a high radical-inactivating effect and (iii) are also suitable for the production of cosmetic and / or dermocosmetic formulations or preparations. In particular, it was an object of the present invention to provide active substances and agents containing these active ingredients which have a radical-decomposing effect and can be used to prevent or reduce skin and / or hair damage caused by the radicals mentioned. It was also of particular interest to identify active substances which stabilize oxidation-sensitive dermocosmetically active substances and which Extend the shelf life of such preparations. It was therefore also an object of the invention to provide dermocosmetic preparations which are suitable for the prophylaxis and treatment of photosensitive skin, in particular photodermatoses or polymorphic photodermatoses as described in the literature (eg Aa. Voelckel et al., Zentralblatt Haut- und Verskrankkrankheiten (1989) ), 156, p.2).
Überrachenderweise wurde gefunden, dass Verbindungen gemäß der allgemeinen Formel 1 die gewünschten Eigenschaften besitzen und das die gestellten Aufgaben durch deren Verwendung in dermokosmetischen Zubereitungen gelöst werden konn- ten.Surprisingly, it has been found that compounds according to the general formula 1 have the desired properties and that the stated objects could be achieved by their use in dermocosmetic preparations.
Definitionendefinitions
„Dekorative Kosmetik" meint kosmetische Hilfsmittel die nicht primär zur Pflege, sondern zur Verschönerung oder Verbesserung des Aussehens von Haut oder Haar angewendet werden. Derartige Hilfsmittel sind dem Fachmann einschlägig bekannt und umfassen z.B. Kajalstifte, Mascara, Lidschatten, getönte Tagescremes, Puder, Abdeckstifte, Rouge, Lippenstifte, Lippenkonturenstifte, Make-up, Nagellack, Glamour Gel usw."Decorative cosmetics" means cosmetic aids which are not used primarily for care purposes but to beautify or improve the appearance of skin or hair.These aids are known to the person skilled in the art and include, for example, kohl pencils, mascara, eye shadows, tinted day creams, powders, concealers, Rouge, lipsticks, lip pencils, make-up, nail polish, glamor gel etc.
„Dermokosmetika" oder „dermokosmetische Mittel" oder „dermokosmetische Zuberei- tungen" sind Mittel oder Zubereitungen (i) zum Schutz vor Schädigungen von Haut, Nägel oder Haar, (ii) zur Behandlung von bereits aufgetretenen Schädigungen von Haut, Nägel oder Haar und (iii) zur Pflege von Haut, Nägel oder Haar, umfassend hautkosmetische, nagelkosmetische, haarkosmetische, dermatologische, hygienische oder pharmazeutische Mittel, Zubereitungen, Formulierungen und dekorative Kosmetik. Ferner umfaßt sind Mittel zur Hautpflege bei denen der pharmazeutisch dermatologische Anwendungszweck unter Mitberücksichtigung kosmetischer Gesichtspunkte erreicht wird. Derartige Mittel oder Zubereitungen werden zur Unterstützung, der Vorbeugung und Behandlung von Hauterkrankungen eingesetzt und entfalten neben dem kosmetischen Effekt eine biologische Wirkung. „Dermokosmetika" im Sinne der oben gegebenen Definition enthalten in einem kosmetisch verträglichen Medium geeignete Hilfs- und Zusatzstoffe die dem Fachmann geläufig sind und aus Handbüchern der Kosmetik, beispielsweise Schrader, Grundlagen und Rezepturen der Kosmetika, Hüthig Verlag, Heidelberg, 1989, ISBN 3-7785-1491-1 , oder Umbach, Kosmetik: Entwicklung, Herstellung und Anwendung ksometischer Mittel, 2. erweiterte Auflage, 1995, Georg Thieme Verlag, ISBN 3 13 712602 9, entnommen werden können."Dermocosmetics" or "dermocosmetic agents" or "dermocosmetic preparations" are agents or preparations (i) for protection against damage to the skin, nails or hair, (ii) for the treatment of skin, nail or hair damage which has already occurred. iii) for the care of the skin, nails or hair, comprising skin-cosmetic, nail-cosmetic, hair-cosmetic, dermatological, hygienic or pharmaceutical agents, preparations, formulations and decorative cosmetics Further comprises skin care compositions in which the pharmaceutical dermatological application is achieved taking into account cosmetic aspects Such agents or preparations are used for the support, prevention and treatment of skin diseases and have a biological effect in addition to the cosmetic effect. "Dermocosmetics" as defined above contain suitable adjuvants and additives in a cosmetically acceptable medium to the person skilled in the art and from manuals of cosmetics, for example Schrader, bases and formulations of cosmetics, Hüthig Verlag, Heidelberg, 1989, ISBN 3-7785-1491-1, or Umbach, cosmetics: development, production and application of ksometischer means, 2nd extended edition, 1995, Georg Thieme Verlag, ISBN 3 13 712602 9, can be removed.
„Demokosmetische Wirkstoffe" im Sinne der vorliegenden Erfindung sind kosmetisch verträgliche Substanzen, z.B. ausgewählt aus der Gruppe der natürlichen oder synthetischen Polymere, Pigmente, Feuchthaltemittel, Öle, Wachse, Enzyme, Mineralien, Vitamine, Sonnenschutzmittel, Farbstoffe, Duftstoffe, Antioxidantien und Konservie- rungsmittel und pharmazeutische Wirkstoffe die zur Unterstützung, Vorbeugung und Behandlung von Hauterkrankungen eingesetzt werden und eine heilende, Schädigungen vorbeugende, regenerierende oder den allgemeinen Zustand der Haut verbessernde biologische Wirkung haben."Democosmetic active ingredients" in the context of the present invention are cosmetically compatible substances, for example selected from the group of natural or synthetic polymers, pigments, humectants, oils, waxes, enzymes, minerals, vitamins, sunscreens, dyes, fragrances, antioxidants and preservatives. and pharmaceutical active ingredients which are used for the support, prevention and treatment of skin diseases and have a healing, damage preventive, regenerating or improving the general condition of the skin biological effect.
„Kosmetisch verträgliches Medium" ist breit zu verstehen und meint für die Herstellung von kosmetischen oder dermokosmetischen Zubereitungen geeignete Substanzen und Mischungen derselben."Cosmetically acceptable medium" is to be understood broadly and means substances suitable for the preparation of cosmetic or dermocosmetic preparations and mixtures thereof.
„Kosmetisch verträgliche Substanzen" führen bei Kontakt mit menschlichem bzw. tierischen Hautgewebe oder Haaren zu keinen Irritationen oder Schäden und weisen keine Inkompatibilitäten mit anderen Substanzen auf. Ferner verfügen diese Substanzen über ein geringes allergenes Potential und sind von staatlichen Zulassungsbehörden für die Verwendung in kosmetische Zubereitungen zugelassen. Diese Substanzen sind dem Fachmann geläufig und können z.B. Handbüchern der Kosmetik, beispielsweise Schrader, Grundlagen und Rezepturen der Kosmetika, Hüthig Verlag, Heidelberg, 1989, ISBN 3-7785-1491-1 , entnommen werden."Cosmetically-compatible substances" do not cause irritation or damage on contact with human or animal dermal tissue or hair and are incompatible with other substances, and have low allergenic potential and are approved by the state regulatory authorities for use in cosmetic preparations These substances are familiar to the person skilled in the art and can be found, for example, in the handbooks of cosmetics, for example Schrader, bases and formulations of cosmetics, Hüthig Verlag, Heidelberg, 1989, ISBN 3-7785-1491-1.
„Stabilisierung" im Zusammenhang mit licht- und/oder oxidationsempfindlichen kosme- tischen Inhaltstoffen oder dermokosmetischen Wirkstoffen meint eine im Vergleich zu nicht erfindungsgemäßen Dermokosmetika -bei ansonsten identischer Zusammensetzung und gleicher Belastung an Licht oder freien Radikalen- gesteigerte Haltbarkeit, d.h. längere Verwendbarkeit der dermokosmetischen Mittel."Stabilization" in connection with light- and / or oxidation-sensitive cosmetic constituents or dermocosmetic active ingredients means increased shelf-life compared to non-inventive dermocosmetics-otherwise identical composition and equal exposure to light or free radicals, ie prolonged usability of dermocosmetic agents ,
„Vermeidung" oder „Verhinderung" in Zusammenhang mit durch Radikale hervorgerufene Schädigungen von Haut und Haar ist die prophylaktische Vorbeugung gegen die genannten Schäden. Dabei ist Vermeidung nicht notwendigerweise als 100% Vermeidung zu verstehen, sondern kann ich Abhängigkeit von den gewählten Zubereitungen, den weiteren Inhaltsstoffen, den vorliegenden Konzentrationen und dem Belastungs- grad in seinem Wirkungsgrad variieren. "Avoidance" or "prevention" in connection with radical-induced damage to the skin and hair is the prophylactic prevention of said damage. Avoidance is not necessarily to be understood as 100% avoidance, but I can vary its efficiency depending on the selected preparations, the other ingredients, the concentrations present and the degree of exposure.
Detaillierte Beschreibung der ErfindungDetailed description of the invention
Gegenstand der vorliegenden Erfindung sind Dermokosmetika enthaltend mindestens eine Verbindung gemäß der allgemeinen Formel 1The present invention relates to dermocosmetics containing at least one compound according to the general formula 1
Figure imgf000007_0001
worin
Figure imgf000007_0001
wherein
X für Stickstoff oder C-R5 steht;X is nitrogen or CR 5 ;
R1 für Wasserstoff, Alkyl, Alkenyl, Alkinyl, Cycloalkyl, Aryl, Heterocycloalkyl,R 1 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl,
Heteroaryl, Alkylcarbonyl, Alkoxycarbonyl, COOH, COOM, Aminocarbonyl,Heteroaryl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, COOH, COOM, aminocarbonyl,
Alkylaminocarbonyl, Dialkylaminocarbonyl, Cycloalkylcarbonyl, Cycloalko- xycarbonyl, Arylcarbonyl, Aryloxycarbonyl, Alkenylcarbonyl, Alkenyloxycar- bonyl, Alkinylcarbonyl oder Alkinyloxycarbonyl steht;Alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl, cycloalkoxycarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, alkenylcarbonyl, alkenyloxycarbonyl, alkynylcarbonyl or alkynyloxycarbonyl;
R2 für OR6, SR7, NR8R9 oder PR8R9 steht;R 2 is OR 6 , SR 7 , NR 8 R 9 or PR 8 R 9 ;
R3 für Wasserstoff, OR10, SR11, NR12R13, PR12R13, Alkyl, Alkenyl, Alkinyl, Cycloalkyl, Aryl, Heterocycloalkyl, Heteroaryl, Alkylcarbonyl, Alkoxycarbonyl, COOH, COOM, Cycloalkylcarbonyl, Arylcarbonyl, Aminocarbonyl, Alkylaminocarbonyl, Dialkylaminocarbonyl, Alkenylcarbonyl, Alkenyloxycarbonyl, Alkinylcarbonyl oder Alkinyloxycarbonyl steht;R 3 is hydrogen, OR 10 , SR 11 , NR 12 R 13 , PR 12 R 13 , alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, COOH, COOM, cycloalkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl , Dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkenylcarbonyl, alkenyloxycarbonyl, alkynylcarbonyl or alkynyloxycarbonyl;
R4 für Wasserstoff, Alkyl, Cycloalkyl oder Aryl steht;R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl or aryl;
R5 für Wasserstoff, Alkyl, Alkenyl, Alkinyl, Cycloalkyl, Aryl, Heterocyclyl oderR 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or
Heteroaryl steht;Heteroaryl stands;
oder R1 mit R5 auch gemeinsam für eine zweiwertige verbrückende Gruppe mit 1 bis 6 Atomen zwischen den flankierenden Bindungen stehen können;or R 1 with R 5 may also together represent a divalent bridging group having 1 to 6 atoms between the flanking bonds;
oder R4 mit R5 auch gemeinsam für eine zweiwertige verbrückende Gruppe mit 1 bis 6 Atomen zwischen den flankierenden Bindungen stehen können; R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13 jeweils unabhängig voneinander für Wasserstoff, Alkyl, Cycloalkyl, Alkenyl, Alkinyl oder Aryl stehen; oder;or R 4 with R 5 may also together be a divalent bridging group having 1 to 6 atoms between the flanking bonds; R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 each independently represent hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or aryl; or;
oder R6 mit R1 oder R7 mit R1 auch gemeinsam für eine zweiwertige verbrückende Gruppe mit 1 bis 6 Atomen zwischen den flankierenden Bindungen stehen können; oderor R 6 with R 1 or R 7 with R 1 may also together represent a divalent bridging group having 1 to 6 atoms between the flanking bonds; or
R6, R7 oder R8 mit R1 oder R6, R7 oder R8 mit R3 auch gemeinsam für eine zweiwertige verbrückende Gruppe mit 1 bis 6 Atomen zwischen den flankierenden Bindungen stehen können;R 6 , R 7 or R 8 with R 1 or R 6 , R 7 or R 8 with R 3 may also together represent a divalent bridging group having 1 to 6 atoms between the flanking bonds;
R8, R9, R12, R13 jeweils unabhängig voneinander für Wasserstoff, Alkyl, Cycloalkyl, Alkenyl, Alkinyl oder Aryl stehen; oder R8 und R9 und/oder R11 und R12 gemeinsam mit dem Heteroatom, an das sie gebunden sind, einen heterocyclischen Ring bilden können, der über das Heteroatom gebunden ist; undR 8 , R 9 , R 12 , R 13 each independently represent hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or aryl; or R 8 and R 9 and / or R 11 and R 12 together with the heteroatom to which they are attached can form a heterocyclic ring bonded via the heteroatom; and
M für ein Kationäquivalent steht;M is a cation equivalent;
Im Einzelnen haben die für verschiedene Substituenten R1 bis R13 angegebenen Sammelbezeichnungen die folgenden Bedeutungen:In detail, the collective terms given for various substituents R 1 to R 13 have the following meanings:
Für den Zweck der vorliegenden Erfindung umfasst der Ausdruck „Alkyl" geradkettige oder verzweigte Kohlenwasserstoffreste mit 1 bis 50 Kohlenstoffatomen (Ci-C50-Alkyl).For the purpose of the present invention, the term "alkyl" includes straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon radicals having 1 to 50 carbon atoms (C 1 -C 50 -alkyl).
Vorzugsweise handelt es sich um geradkettiges oder verzweigtes CrCso-Alkyl, wieIt is preferably straight-chain or branched C 1 -C 5 -alkyl, such as
Methyl, Ethyl, Propyl, Isopropyl, n-Butyl, Isobutyl, sec.-Butyl, tert.-Butyl, n-Pentyl, 2-Methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, 2-
Pentyl, 2-Methylbutyl, 3-Methylbutyl, 1 ,2-Dimethylpropyl, 1 ,1-Dimethylpropyl, 2,2-Pentyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, 1, 2-dimethylpropyl, 1, 1-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-
Dimethylpropyl, 1-Ethylpropyl, n-Hexyl, 2-Hexyl, 2-Methylpentyl, 3-Methylpentyl, 4- Methylpentyl, 1 ,2-Dimethylbutyl, 1 ,3-Dimethylbutyl, 2,3-Dimethylbutyl, 1 ,1-Dimethyl- butyl, 2,2-Dimethylbutyl, 3,3-Dimethylbutyl, 1 ,1 ,2-Trimethylpropyl, 1 ,2,2-Trimethyl- propyl, 1-Ethylbutyl, 2-Ethylbutyl, 1 -Ethyl- 2-methylpropyl, n-Heptyl, 2-Heptyl, 3-Heptyl,Dimethylpropyl, 1-ethylpropyl, n-hexyl, 2-hexyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 4-methylpentyl, 1, 2-dimethylbutyl, 1, 3-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, 1, 1-dimethyl- butyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 1,1,2-trimethylpropyl, 1,2,2-trimethylpropyl, 1-ethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 1-ethyl-2-methylpropyl, n- Heptyl, 2-heptyl, 3-heptyl,
2-Ethylpentyl, 1-Propylbutyl, n-Octyl, 2-Ethylhexyl, 2-Propylheptyl, 1 ,1 ,3,3-Tetramethyl- butyl, Nonyl, Decyl, n-Undecyl, n-Dodecyl, n-Tridecyl, iso-Tridecyl, n-Tetradecyl, n- Hexadecyl, n-Octadecyl und n-Eicosyl.2-ethylpentyl, 1-propylbutyl, n-octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2-propylheptyl, 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl, nonyl, decyl, n-undecyl, n-dodecyl, n-tridecyl, iso- Tridecyl, n-tetradecyl, n-hexadecyl, n-octadecyl and n-eicosyl.
Der Ausdruck Alkyl umfasst auch Alkylreste, dessen Kohlenstoff kette durch eine oder mehrere, z. B. 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, nicht benachbarte Gruppen, die ausgewählt sind unter -O-, -S-, -NR14- (worin R14 für Wasserstoff oder Ci-Cio-Alkyl steht), -CO- und/oder -SO2- unterbrochen sein kann, d.h. die Termini der Alkylgruppe werden durch Kohlenstoffatome gebildet.The term alkyl also includes alkyl radicals whose carbon chain is replaced by one or more, for. B. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, non-adjacent groups selected from -O-, -S-, -NR 14 - (wherein R 14 is hydrogen or Ci -Cio-alkyl), -CO- and / or -SO 2 - may be interrupted, ie the termini of the alkyl group are formed by carbon atoms.
Der Ausdruck „Alkyl" umfasst auch substituierte Alkylgruppen, welche im Allgemeinen 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 oder 8, bevorzugt 1 , 2, 3 oder 4, und besonders bevorzugt 1 oder 2 Substituenten aufweisen. Beispiele für geeignete Substituenten an Alkyl sind Hydroxyl, COOH, COOM, Halogen, Alkoxycarbonyl, Cycloalkyl, Aryl, Heteroaryl, Heterocyclyl und NR15R16, wobei R15 und R16 unabhängig voneinander für Wasserstoff, Cycloalkyl, Aryl, Heteroaryl oder Heterocyclyl stehen.The term "alkyl" also includes substituted alkyl groups which generally have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8, preferably 1, 2, 3 or 4, and more preferably 1 or 2 substituents Substituents on alkyl are hydroxyl, COOH, COOM, halogen, alkoxycarbonyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl and NR 15 R 16 , wherein R 15 and R 16 independently of one another represent hydrogen, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl.
Der Ausdruck „Alkoxy" steht für eine geradkettige oder verzweigte Alkylgruppe mit im Allgemeinen 1 bis 30 Kohlenstoffatomen, die über das Sauerstoffatom (-O-) gebunden ist, beispielsweise für Ci-Cio-Alkoxy wie beispielsweise Methoxy, Ethoxy oder Propoxy.The term "alkoxy" represents a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having generally 1 to 30 carbon atoms which is bonded via the oxygen atom (-O-), for example C 1 -C 10 -alkoxy, for example methoxy, ethoxy or propoxy.
Der Ausdruck "Cycloalkyl" umfasst im Rahmen der vorliegenden Erfindung eine un- substituierte als auch substituierte monocyclische oder bicyclische gesättigte Kohlenwasserstoffgruppe mit im Allgemeinen 3 bis 6, 8, 10, 12 oder 15 Kohlenstoffringgliedern, wie C3-Ci5-Cycloalkyl z.B. Cyclopropyl, Cyclobutyl, Cyclopentyl, Cyclohexyl, Cyc- loheptyl, Cyclooctyl, oder C7-Ci2-Bicycloalkyl. Die Cycloalkylgruppe kann im Falle einer Substitution einen oder mehrere, beispielsweise eine, zwei, drei, vier oder fünf Substituenten tragen. Geeignete Substituenten umfassen Alkyl, Alkylcarbonyl, Alkoxycarbonyl, Hydroxy, Alkoxy, NR12R13 und Halogen.The term "cycloalkyl" in the context of the present invention comprises an unsubstituted or substituted monocyclic or bicyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having generally 3 to 6, 8, 10, 12 or 15 carbon ring members, such as C 3 -C 5 -cycloalkyl, for example cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, loheptyl Cyc-, cyclooctyl, or C 7 -C 2 bicycloalkyl. In the case of a substitution, the cycloalkyl group may carry one or more, for example one, two, three, four or five substituents. Suitable substituents include alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, NR 12 R 13 and halogen.
Der Ausdruck "Alkenyl" umfasst im Sinne der vorliegenden Erfindung geradkettige und verzweigte Kohlenwasserstoffreste mit im Allgemeinen 2 bis 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 oder 20The term "alkenyl" in the context of the present invention comprises straight-chain and branched hydrocarbon radicals having generally 2 to 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 or 20
Kohlenstoffatomen, die in Abhängigkeit von der Kettenlänge eine oder mehrere, z. B.Carbon atoms which, depending on the chain length one or more, for. B.
2, 3 oder 4, Doppelbindungen in beliebiger Position tragen können, z. B. C2-C20-Alke- nyl, wie Ethenyl, 1-Propenyl, 2-Propenyl, 1-Methylethenyl, 1-Butenyl, 2-Butenyl, 3-2, 3 or 4, can carry double bonds in any position, z. C 2 -C 20 alkenyl, such as ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-methylethenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3
Butenyl, 1-Methyl-1-propenyl, 2-Methyl-1-propenyl, 1-Methyl-2-propenyl, 2-Methyl-2- propenyl. Der Ausdruck "Alkenyl" umfasst auch substituierte Alkenylgruppen, welche z.Butenyl, 1-methyl-1-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-methyl-2-propenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl. The term "alkenyl" also includes substituted alkenyl groups which are e.g.
B. 1 , 2, 3, 4 oder 5 Substituenten tragen können. Geeignete Substituenten sind z. B.B. 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 substituents can carry. Suitable substituents are, for. B.
Cycloalkyl, Heterocycloalkyl, Aryl, Heteroaryl, Hydroxy, Alkoxy, Nitro, Cyano, Halogen,Cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, halogen,
NR12R13.NR 12 R 13 .
Der Ausdruck "Alkinyl" umfasst im Sinne der vorliegenden Erfindung geradkettige und verzweigte Kohlenwasserstoffreste mit im Allgemeinen 2 bis 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 oder 20 Kohlenstoffatomen, die in Abhängigkeit von der Kettenlänge eine oder mehrere, z. B. 2, 3 oder 4, Dreifachbindungen in beliebiger Position tragen können, z. B. C2-C20- Alkinyl wie Ethinyl, 1-Propinyl, 2-Propinyl, 1-Butinyl, 2-Butinyl, 3-Butinyl, 1 -Methyl-2- propinyl, Pentinyl, Hexinyl, Octinyl. Der Ausdruck "Alkinyl" umfasst auch substituierte Alkinylgruppen, welche z. B. 1 , 2, 3, 4 oder 5 Substituenten tragen können. Geeignete Substituenten sind z. B. Cycloalkyl, Heterocycloalkyl, Aryl, Heteroaryl, Hydroxy, Alko- xy,Nitro, Cyano, Halogen, NR12R13.The term "alkynyl" in the context of the present invention comprises straight-chain and branched hydrocarbon radicals having generally 2 to 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 or 20 carbon atoms which, depending on the chain length, have one or more, e.g. B. 2, 3 or 4, can carry triple bonds in any position, for. C 2 -C 20 alkynyl, such as ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, 1-methyl-2-propynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, octynyl. The term "alkynyl" also includes substituted alkynyl groups which are e.g. B. 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 substituents can carry. suitable Substituents are for. Cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, halogen, NR 12 R 13 .
Der Ausdruck "Aryl" umfasst im Rahmen der vorliegenden Erfindung ein ein-, zwei- oder dreikerniges aromatisches Ringsystem, enthaltend 6 bis 14 Kohlenstoffringglieder, das unsubstituiert oder substituiert sein kann, z. B. Phenyl, Naphthyl und Anthra- cenyl. Bevorzugt ist ein ein- oder zweikerniges Ringsystem wie Phenyl oder Naphthyl, besonders bevorzugt ein einkerniges aromatisches Ringsystem, Phenyl.The term "aryl" in the context of the present invention comprises a mono-, di- or trinuclear aromatic ring system containing 6 to 14 carbon ring members, which may be unsubstituted or substituted, for. Phenyl, naphthyl and anthracenyl. Preference is given to a mono- or binuclear ring system such as phenyl or naphthyl, more preferably a mononuclear aromatic ring system, phenyl.
Die Arylgruppe kann im Falle einer Substitution im Allgemeinen 1 , 2, 3, 4 oder 5, vorzugsweise 1 , 2 oder 3, Substituenten tragen. Geeignete Substituenten umfassen Alkyl, Alkoxy, Alkylcarbonyl, Alkoxycarbonyl, Halogen, NR12R13, Hydroxy, Cyano, Nitro, COOH, COOM. Beispiele für substituiertes Aryl umfassen 2-, 3- und 4-Methylphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- und 2,6-Dimethylphenyl, 2,4,6-Trimethylphenyl, 2-, 3- und 4- Ethylphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- und 2,6-Diethylphenyl, 2,4,6-Triethylphenyl, 2-, 3- und 4- Propylphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- und 2,6-Di-n-propylphenyl, 2,4,6-Tri-n-propylphenyl, 2-, 3- und 4-lsopropylphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- und 2,6-Diisopropylphenyl, 2,4,6-Triisopropyl- phenyl, 2-, 3- und 4-Butylphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- und 2,6-Dibutylphenyl, 2,4,6-Tributyl- phenyl, 2-, 3- und 4-lsobutylphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- und 2,6-Diisobutylphenyl, 2,4,6- Triisobutylphenyl, 2-, 3- und 4-sec-Butylphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- und 2,6-Di-sec-butyl- phenyl, 2,4,6-Tri-sec-butylphenyl, 2-, 3- und 4-tert-Butylphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- und 2,6- Di-tert-butylphenyl und 2,4,6-Tri-tert-butylphenyl; 2-, 3- und 4-Methoxyphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5- , 3,5- und 2,6-Dimethoxyphenyl, 2,4,6-Trimethoxyphenyl, 2-, 3- und 4-Ethoxyphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- und 2,6-Diethoxyphenyl, 2,4,6-Triethoxyphenyl, 2-, 3- und 4-Propoxy- phenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- und 2,6-Dipropoxyphenyl, 2-, 3- und 4-lsopropoxyphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- und 2,6-Diisopropoxyphenyl und 2-, 3- und 4-Butoxyphenyl.In the case of a substitution, the aryl group may generally carry 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, preferably 1, 2 or 3, substituents. Suitable substituents include alkyl, alkoxy, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, halogen, NR 12 R 13 , hydroxy, cyano, nitro, COOH, COOM. Examples of substituted aryl include 2-, 3- and 4-methylphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- and 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-ethylphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- and 2,6-diethylphenyl, 2,4,6-triethylphenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-propylphenyl, 2,4-, 2, 5-, 3,5- and 2,6-di-n-propylphenyl, 2,4,6-tri-n-propylphenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-isopropylphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- and 2,6-diisopropylphenyl, 2,4,6-triisopropylphenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-butylphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- and 2,6- Dibutylphenyl, 2,4,6-tributylphenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-isobutylphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- and 2,6-diisobutylphenyl, 2,4,6-triisobutylphenyl , 2-, 3- and 4-sec-butylphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- and 2,6-di-sec-butyl-phenyl, 2,4,6-tri-sec- butylphenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-tert-butylphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- and 2,6-di-tert-butylphenyl and 2,4,6-tri-tert-butylphenyl ; 2-, 3- and 4-methoxyphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- and 2,6-dimethoxyphenyl, 2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-ethoxyphenyl, 2 , 4-, 2,5-, 3,5- and 2,6-diethoxyphenyl, 2,4,6-triethoxyphenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-propoxyphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- and 2,6-dipropoxyphenyl, 2-, 3- and 4-isopropoxyphenyl, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,5- and 2,6-diisopropoxyphenyl and 2-, 3- and 4- butoxyphenyl.
Der Ausdruck „Aryloxy" steht für eine Arylgruppe, wie vorstehend genannt, welche über das Sauerstoffatom (-O-) gebunden ist, beispielsweise Phenyloxy, 1-Napthtyloxy oder 2-Naphthyloxy.The term "aryloxy" stands for an aryl group as mentioned above which is bonded via the oxygen atom (-O-), for example phenyloxy, 1-naphthyloxy or 2-naphthyloxy.
Der Ausdruck "Heterocycloalkyl" umfasst im Rahmen der vorliegenden Erfindung nichtaromatische, ungesättigte oder vollständig gesättigte, cycloaliphatische Gruppen mit im Allgemeinen 4 bis 12 Ringatomen, bevorzugt 5 oder 9 Ringatomen, in denen 1 , 2 oder 3 der Ringkohlenstoffatome durch Heteroatome, ausgewählt unter den Elementen Sauerstoff, Stickstoff und Schwefel ersetzt sind. Heterocycloalkyl kann unsubstituiert oder substituiert sein, wobei im Falle einer Substitution, diese heterocyclischen Gruppen in der Regel 1 , 2 oder 3, vorzugsweise 1 oder 2, besonders bevorzugt einen Substituenten tragen. Geeignete Substituenten umfassen Alkyl, Alkoxy, Aryl, Alkoxycarbo- nyl, COOH, COOM, Hydroxyl, Halogen, NR12R13. Beispielhaft für heterocycloaliphati- sche Gruppen seien Pyrrolidinyl, Piperidinyl, 2,2,6,6-Tetramethylpiperidinyl, Imidazoli- dinyl, Pyrazolidinyl, Oxazolidinyl, Morpholidinyl, Thiazolidinyl, Isothiazolidinyl, Isoxazo- lidinyl, Piperazinyl-, Tetrahydrothiophenyl, Dihydrothien-2-yl, Tetrahydrofuranyl, Di- hydrofuran-2-yl, Tetrahydropyranyl, 1 ,2-Oxazolin-5-yl, 1 ,3-Oxazolin-2-yl und Dioxanyl genannt.The term "heterocycloalkyl" in the context of the present invention comprises non-aromatic, unsaturated or fully saturated cycloaliphatic groups having generally 4 to 12 ring atoms, preferably 5 or 9 ring atoms, in which 1, 2 or 3 of the ring carbon atoms are selected from hetero atoms selected from the elements Oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur are replaced. Heterocycloalkyl may be unsubstituted or substituted, wherein in the case of a substitution, these heterocyclic groups generally carry 1, 2 or 3, preferably 1 or 2, particularly preferably one substituent. Suitable substituents include alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, alkoxycarbonyl, COOH, COOM, hydroxyl, halogen, NR 12 R 13 . Exemplary of heterocycloaliphatic groups are pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinyl, imidazoli- dinyl, pyrazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, morpholidinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dihydro-2-yl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1, 2-oxazolin-5-yl, 1 , 3-oxazolin-2-yl and dioxanyl.
Der Ausdruck „Heteroaryl" umfasst im Rahmen der vorliegenden Erfindung aromatische Ringsysteme, enthaltend im Allgemeinen 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13 oder 14 Ringatome, welche neben Kohlenstoffatomen 1 , 2, 3 oder 4 unter Stickstoff, Sauerstoff und Schwefel ausgewählte Heteroatome als Ringglieder enthalten. Beispiele für Hete- roaryl umfassen Furyl, Thiophenyl, Pyridiyl, Chinolinyl, Acridinyl, Pyridazinyl, Pyrimin- dinyl, Pyrazinyl, Pyrrolyl, Imidazolyl, Pyrazolyl, Indolyl, Purinyl, Indazolinyl, Benzotria- zolyl, 1 ,2,3-Triazolyl, 1 ,3,4-Triazolyl und Carbazoyl. Diese heteroaromatischen Gruppen können unsubstituiert oder substituiert sein. Im Falle einer Substitution trägt Heteroaryl im Allgemeinen 1 , 2 oder 3 Substituenten, die vorzugsweise unter Alkyl, Alkoxy, Hydroxyl, COOH, COOM, und NR12R13 ausgewählt sind.The term "heteroaryl" in the context of the present invention comprises aromatic ring systems containing in general 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 ring atoms, which in addition to carbon atoms 1, 2, 3 or 4 Examples of heteroaryl include furyl, thiophenyl, pyridiyl, quinolinyl, acridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, indolyl, purinyl, indazolinyl, benzotriazolyl , 1, 2,3-triazolyl, 1, 3,4-triazolyl and carbazoyl These heteroaromatic groups may be unsubstituted or substituted In the case of substitution, heteroaryl generally has 1, 2 or 3 substituents, preferably alkyl, alkoxy, Hydroxyl, COOH, COOM, and NR 12 R 13 are selected.
Der Ausdruck „Aminocarbonyl" steht für eine Aminogruppe, die über die Carbonylgrup- pe (-C(O )-) gebunden ist.The term "aminocarbonyl" denotes an amino group which is bonded via the carbonyl group (-C (O) -).
Der Ausdruck „Alkoxycarbonyl" steht für eine Alkoxygruppe, wie vorstehend genannt, welche über die Carbonylgruppe (-C(O)-) gebunden ist, z.B. Methoxycarbonyl, Ethoxy- carbonyl, n-Propoxycarbonyl, Isopropoxycarbonyl, n-Butoxycarbonyl, sec-Butoxy- carbonyl, Isobutoxycarbonyl, tert-Butoxycarbonyl und dergleichen.The term "alkoxycarbonyl" denotes an alkoxy group as mentioned above which is bonded via the carbonyl group (-C (O) -), for example methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, n-propoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, n-butoxycarbonyl, sec-butoxy- carbonyl, isobutoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl and the like.
Der Ausdruck „Cycloalkylcarbonyl" steht für eine mono- oder bicyclische Kohlenwasserstoffgruppe mit 3 bis 15 Kohlenstoffringgliedern, wie vorstehend genannt, welche über die Carbonylgruppe (-C(O)-) gebunden ist, z. B. Cyclopentylcarbonyl, Cyclohexyl- carbonyl, Cyclooctylcarbonyl und dergleichen.The term "cycloalkylcarbonyl" means a mono- or bicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 15 carbon ring members as mentioned above, which is bonded via the carbonyl group (-C (O) -), for example cyclopentylcarbonyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclooctylcarbonyl and like.
Der Ausdruck „Cycloalkoxycarbonyl" steht für eine Cycloalkoxygruppe, wie vorstehend genannt, welche über die Carbonylgruppe (-C(O )-) verknüpft ist.The term "cycloalkoxycarbonyl" means a cycloalkoxy group as mentioned above which is linked via the carbonyl group (-C (O) -).
Der Ausdruck „Alkenylcarbonyl" steht für eine Alkenylgruppe, wie zuvor definiert, welche über die Carbonylgruppe (-C(O )-) verknüpft ist.The term "alkenylcarbonyl" means an alkenyl group as previously defined which is linked via the carbonyl group (-C (O) -).
Der Ausdruck „Alkenyloxycarbonyl" steht für eine Alkenyloxygruppe, wie zuvor definiert, welche über die Carbonylgruppe (-C(O )-) verknüpft ist.The term "alkenyloxycarbonyl" means an alkenyloxy group as previously defined which is linked via the carbonyl group (-C (O) -).
Der Ausdruck „Alkinylcarbonylgruppe" steht für eine Alkinylgruppe, welche über die Carbonylgruppe (-C(O )-) verknüpft ist. Der Ausdruck „Alkinyloxycarbonyl" steht für eine Alkinyloxygruppe, wie zuvor definiert, welche über die Carbonylgruppe (-C(O )-) verknüpft ist.The term "alkynylcarbonyl group" means an alkynyl group linked via the carbonyl group (-C (O) -). The term "alkynyloxycarbonyl" means an alkynyloxy group as previously defined which is linked via the carbonyl group (-C (O) -).
Halogen steht für Fluor, Chlor, Brom oder lod.Halogen is fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
M steht für ein Kationäquivalent, d.h. für einwertiges Kation oder den einer positiven Einfachladung entsprechenden Anteil eines mehrwertigen Kations. Das Kation M+ dient lediglich als Gegenion zur Neutralisation der negativ geladenen COO" Gruppe und kann im Prinzip beliebig gewählt werden. Vorzugsweise werden deshalb Alkalimetall-, insbesondere Natrium-, Kalium- oder Lithiumionen oder Onium-Ionen, wie Ammonium-, Mono-, Di-, Tri-, Tetraalkylammonium-, Phosphoniumionen-, Tetraalkylphosphonium- oder Tetraarylphosphonium-Ionen verwendet.M stands for a cation equivalent, ie for monovalent cation or the proportion of a polyvalent cation corresponding to a positive single charge. The cation M + serves only as a counterion to the neutralization of the negatively charged COO " group and can in principle be chosen arbitrarily, Therefore, preferably alkali metal, especially sodium, potassium or lithium ions or onium ions, such as ammonium, mono-, Di-, tri-, tetraalkylammonium, phosphonium ions, tetraalkylphosphonium or tetraarylphosphonium ions used.
Kondensierte Ringsysteme können durch Anellierung verknüpfte (ankondensierte) a- romatische, hydroaromatische und cyclische Verbindungen sein. Kondensierte Ringsysteme bestehen im Allgemeinen aus zwei, drei oder mehr als drei Ringen, die jeweils unsubstituiert sind oder die zuvor für Aryl genannten Substituenten tragen können. Das kondensierte Ringsystem kann neben Kohlenstoffatomen auch unter Sauerstoff, Stickstoff oder Schwefel ausgewählte Heteroatome als Ringglieder enthalten.Condensed ring systems may be fused (fused) aromatic, hydroaromatic and cyclic compounds. Condensed ring systems generally consist of two, three or more than three rings, each of which is unsubstituted or may carry the substituents previously mentioned for aryl. The fused ring system may contain carbon atoms as well as oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur selected heteroatoms as ring members.
Stehen zwei Substituenten, beispielsweise R1 mit R5 oder R4 mit R5, gemeinsam für eine zweiwertige verbrückende Gruppe mit 1 bis 6 Atomen zwischen den flankierenden Bindungen, so kann die Brücke neben Kohlenstoffatomen als Brückenatome auch 1 , 2 oder 3 unter Stickstoff, Sauerstoff und Schwefel ausgewählte Heteroatome enthalten.If two substituents, for example R 1 with R 5 or R 4 with R 5 , together represent a divalent bridging group having 1 to 6 atoms between the flanking bonds, the bridge may also have 1, 2 or 3 in addition to carbon atoms as bridging atoms under nitrogen, Oxygen and sulfur selected heteroatoms.
Geeignete Derivate der Verbindungen gemäß Formel 1 umfassen die Säureadditionssalze der Verbindungen gemäß Formel 1. Geeignete Säuren sind Halogenwasserstoffsäuren wie Chlorwasserstoffsäure, Bromwasserstoffsäure, Schwefelsäure, Phosphorsäure, d-C6-Carbonsäuren wie Ameisensäure, Essigsäure, oder Sulfonsäuren, wie p- Toluolsulfonsäure oder Methansulfonsäure.Suitable derivatives of the compounds according to formula 1 include the acid addition salts of the compounds of formula 1. Suitable acids are hydrohalic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, dC 6 carboxylic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, or sulfonic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid or methanesulfonic acid.
Besonders bevorzugt sind Dermokosmetika enthaltend die im folgenden aufgeführten Verbindungen der Formel 1 bei denen die Substituenten jeweils für sich allein oder in Kombination die folgende Bedeutung haben:Particular preference is given to dermocosmetics containing the compounds of the formula I listed below in which the substituents, in each case alone or in combination, have the following meaning:
Verbindungen gemäß Formel 1 werden bevorzugt, in denen X für N steht. Ebenfalls bevorzugt werden Verbindungen gemäß Formel 1 , in denen X für C-R5 steht.Compounds according to formula 1 are preferred in which X is N. Also preferred are compounds according to formula 1, in which X is CR 5 .
In einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform enthalten die Dermokosmetika Verbindungen gemäß Formel 1 , in denen in der Gruppe C-R5 der Substituent R5 für Wasserstoff steht. Außerdem werden Verbindungen gemäß Formel 1 bevorzugt, in denen R2 für OR6 steht. In der Gruppe OR6 steht R6 bevorzugt für Wasserstoff oder d-C6-Alkyl. Insbesondere werden Verbindungen gemäß Formel 1 bevorzugt, in denen R6 für Wasserstoff steht, d.h. R2 steht für Hydroxy.In a preferred embodiment, the dermocosmetics contain compounds according to formula 1, in which in the group CR 5 the substituent R 5 is hydrogen. In addition, compounds according to formula 1 are preferred in which R 2 is OR 6 . In the group OR 6 R 6 is preferably hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 -alkyl. In particular, compounds according to formula 1 are preferred in which R 6 is hydrogen, ie R 2 is hydroxy.
Weiterhin werden Verbindungen gemäß Formel 1 bevorzugt, in denen R3 für Wasserstoff, Hydroxy, Ci-C6-Alkyl, Hydroxy-CrC6-alkyl, Amino-Ci-C6-alkyl, Ci-C6-Alkylamino- d-Ce-alkyl, Di-(Ci-C6-alkylamino)-Ci-C6-alkyl, Ci-Ce-Alkylaminocarbonyl, Di-(CrC6- alkylamino)carbonyl oder Aminocarbonyl steht. Ganz besonders bevorzugt steht R3 für Wasserstoff, Hydroxy, Ci-C4-Alkyl, wie Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl, Isopropyl, n-Butyl oder sec-Butyl, Hydroxy-CrC2-alkyl, wie Hydroxymethyl oder Hydroxyethyl, oder Aminocarbonyl.Furthermore, compounds according to formula 1 are preferred in which R 3 is hydrogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, hydroxyCrC 6 -alkyl, amino-C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, C 1 -C 6 -alkylamino-d-Ce -alkyl, di- (Ci-C 6 -alkylamino) -Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-Ce-alkylaminocarbonyl, di- (CrC 6 - alkylamino) carbonyl or aminocarbonyl. Most preferably, R 3 is hydrogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl or sec-butyl, hydroxy-C 1 -C 2 -alkyl, such as hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl, or aminocarbonyl.
Weiterhin werden Verbindungen gemäß Formel 1 bevorzugt, in denen R1 für Wasser- Stoff, d-Ce-Alkyl, wie Methyl, Ethyl oder Propyl, CrC6-Alkoxycarbonyl, speziell d-C4- Alkoxycarbonyl, z. B. Methoxycarbonyl oder Ethoxycarbonyl, COOM, wie COONa, COOK oder COOMg0,5, oder COOH steht. Insbesondere werden Verbindungen gemäß Formel 1 bevorzugt, in denen R1 für Wasserstoff oder COOH steht.Furthermore, compounds according to formula 1 are preferred in which R 1 is hydrogen, d-Ce-alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, C r C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, especially dC 4 - alkoxycarbonyl, z. For example, methoxycarbonyl or ethoxycarbonyl, COOM, such as COONa, COOK or COOMg 0 , 5, or COOH. In particular, compounds according to formula 1 are preferred in which R 1 is hydrogen or COOH.
Ebenfalls bevorzugt werden Verbindungen gemäß Formel 1 , in denen R4 für Wasserstoff steht.Also preferred are compounds according to formula 1, in which R 4 is hydrogen.
Gleichermaßen bevorzugt werden Verbindungen gemäß Formel 1 , in denen R4 für d- Ce-Alkyl, Amino-Ci-Ce-alkyl, Ci-Ce-Alkylamino-Ci-Ce-alkyl, Di-(Ci-C6-alkyl)amino-d-C6- alkyl, Phenyl-Ci-C6-alkyl oder Phenyl steht, wobei Phenyl in den beiden letztgenannten Substituenten unsubstituiert sein oder ein oder zwei unter Ci-C4-Alkyl und d-C4- Alkoxy ausgewählte Substituenten tragen kann. Insbesondere bevorzugt steht R4 für d-C4-Alkyl, speziell d-C2-Alkyl, z. B. Methyl oder Ethyl, Di-(Ci-C4-alkyl)amino-Ci-C4- alkyl, speziell Di-(Ci-C2-Alkyl)amino-Ci-C2-alkyl wie Dimethylaminomethyl, Dimethyla- minoethyl, Diethylaminomethyl oder Diethylaminoethyl, Phenyl-d-C2-alkyl, wie Benzyl, 1-Phenylethyl oder 2-Phenylethyl, oder Phenyl.Equally preferred compounds according to formula 1 are those in which R 4 is C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, amino-C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, C 1 -C 6 -alkylamino-C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, di- (C 1 -C 6 -alkyl) -amino dC 6 - alkyl, phenyl-Ci-C 6 -alkyl or phenyl, where phenyl may be unsubstituted in the two last-mentioned substituents or one or two 4 alkyl and dC 4 among C - alkoxy may bear substituents selected. More preferably R 4 is C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, especially C 1 -C 2 -alkyl, e.g. As methyl or ethyl, di- (Ci-C 4 -alkyl) amino-Ci-C 4 - alkyl, especially di- (Ci-C 2 alkyl) amino-Ci-C 2 alkyl such as dimethylaminomethyl, dimethylaminoethyl , Diethylaminomethyl or diethylaminoethyl, phenyl-dC 2 -alkyl, such as benzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 2-phenylethyl, or phenyl.
Gleichermaßen bevorzugt werden Verbindungen gemäß Formel 1 , worin R4 und R5 gemeinsam für eine zweiwertige verbrückende Gruppe mit 1 bis 6 Atomen, insbeson- dere 2, 3, 4 oder 5 Atome, zwischen den flankierenden Bindungen stehen. Insbesondere werden Verbindungen gemäß Formel 1 bevorzugt, in denen R4 und R5 gemeinsam für eine zweiwertige verbrückende Gruppe mit 1 bis 6 Atomen zwischen den flankierenden Bindungen stehen. Insbesondere stehen R4 und R5 gemeinsam mit den Kohlenstoffatomen des Pyridinrings, an die sie gebunden sind, für ein kondensiertes Ring- System. Bevorzugte anellierte Ringe sind Benzol-, Naphthalin- und Anthracenringe, die unsubstituiert sind oder ein oder zwei der zuvor für Aryl genannten Substituenten tra- gen können. Ganz besonders bevorzugt stehen R4 und R5 gemeinsam mit den Kohlenstoffatomen des Pyridinrings, an die sie gebunden sind, für einen unsubstituierten Benzolring. Gleichermaßen bevorzugt werden Verbindungen gemäß Formel 1 , worin R1 und R5 gemeinsam für eine zweiwertige verbrückende Gruppe mit 1 bis 6 Atomen, ins- besondere 2, 3, 4 oder 5 Atomen, zwischen den flankierenden Bindungen stehen.Equally preferred are compounds according to formula 1, wherein R 4 and R 5 together represent a divalent bridging group having 1 to 6 atoms, in particular 2, 3, 4 or 5 atoms, between the flanking bonds. In particular, compounds according to formula 1 are preferred in which R 4 and R 5 together represent a divalent bridging group having 1 to 6 atoms between the flanking bonds. In particular, R 4 and R 5 together with the carbon atoms of the pyridine ring to which they are attached represent a fused ring system. Preferred fused rings are benzene, naphthalene and anthracene rings, which are unsubstituted or substituted by one or two of the substituents previously mentioned for aryl. can. Most preferably, R 4 and R 5 together with the carbon atoms of the pyridine ring to which they are attached are an unsubstituted benzene ring. Equally preferred are compounds according to formula 1, wherein R 1 and R 5 together represent a divalent bridging group having 1 to 6 atoms, in particular 2, 3, 4 or 5 atoms, between the flanking bonds.
Insbesondere stehen R1 und R5 gemeinsam mit den Kohlenstoffatomen des Pyridinrings, an die sie gebunden sind, für ein kondensiertes Ringsystem. Bevorzugte anellier- te Ringe sind fünf- oder sechsgliedrige heterocyclische, teilweise ungesättigte Ringe, die neben Kohlenstoffatomen ein oder zwei unter Sauerstoff, Schwefel oder Stickstoff ausgewählte Heteroatome enthalten. Insbesondere bevorzugt stehen R1 und R5 gemeinsam mit den Kohlenstoffatomen des Pyridinrings, an die sie gebunden sind, für einen 2,5-Dihydrofuranring, 2,5-Dihydrothiophenring oder 2,5-Dihydro-1 H-pyrolring.In particular, R 1 and R 5 together with the carbon atoms of the pyridine ring to which they are attached are a fused ring system. Preferred fused rings are five- or six-membered heterocyclic, partially unsaturated rings containing, in addition to carbon atoms, one or two heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen. More preferably, R 1 and R 5 together with the carbon atoms of the pyridine ring to which they are attached are a 2,5-dihydrofuran ring, 2,5-dihydrothiophene ring or 2,5-dihydro-1 H-pyrrole ring.
Ganz besonders bevorzugt stehen R1 und R5 gemeinsam mit den Kohlenstoffatomen des Pyridinrings, an die sie gebunden sind, für einen 2,5-Dihydrofuranring.Most preferably, R 1 and R 5 together with the carbon atoms of the pyridine ring to which they are attached represent a 2,5-dihydrofuran ring.
Des Weiteren weisen R7, R8, R9, R11, R12 und R13 vorzugsweise die folgenden Bedeutungen auf:Furthermore, R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 11 , R 12 and R 13 preferably have the following meanings:
R7, R11 stehen unabhängig voneinander für Wasserstoff oder Ci-Cio-Alkyl; und R8, R9, R12, R13 stehen unabhängig voneinander für Wasserstoff oder Ci-Cio-Alkyl.R 7 , R 11 are each independently hydrogen or Ci-Cio-alkyl; and R 8 , R 9 , R 12 , R 13 are independently hydrogen or Ci-Cio-alkyl.
In einer weiterhin bevorzugten Ausführungsform werden in den erfindungsgemäßen Dermokosmetika solche Verbindungen gemäß Formel 1 eingesetzt, die im Squalentest zur Überprüfung der antioxidativen Wirkung besagter Substanzen (die Details zur Durchführung dieses Tests sind im Beispiel 4 beschrieben), im Vergleich zur Referenzsubstanz Vitamin E, einen Sauerstoffverbrauch nach 20 Stunden Inkubation mit Squalen von weniger als 90%, bevorzugt weniger als 80%, 70% oder 60%, ganz besonders bevorzugt weniger als 50%, 40%, 30% oder 20%, und am allermeisten bevor- zugt weniger als 10% aufweisen.In a further preferred embodiment, such compounds according to formula 1 are used in the dermocosmetics according to the invention, which in the singeing test for checking the antioxidant effect of said substances (the details for carrying out this test are described in Example 4), compared to the reference substance vitamin E, an oxygen consumption after 20 hours incubation with squalene less than 90%, preferably less than 80%, 70% or 60%, most preferably less than 50%, 40%, 30% or 20%, and most preferably less than 10 % exhibit.
Ein bevorzugter Gegenstand der vorliegenden Erfindung sind Dermokosmetika enthaltend Verbindungen ausgewählt aus der Gruppe umfassend 4-Phenyl-6-methyl-1 ,3- dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 4-Benzyl-6-isopropyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 4-Dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 2-(Hydroxymethyl)- 3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid, 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin, 3-Hydroxypicolinsäureamid, 3- Hydroxy-2-methylchinolin-4-carbonsäure und 6-Methylpyridin-3-ol, besonders bevorzugt 4-Dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 2- (Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid, 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin und 3- Hydroxypicolinsäureamid, ganz besonders bevorzugt 4-Dimethlyaminomethyl-6- methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 2-(Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin- hydrochlorid und 2,3-Dihydroxypyτidin, am allermeisten bevorzugt 2-(Hydroxymethyl)- 3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid und 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin.A preferred subject matter of the present invention are dermocosmetics containing compounds selected from the group comprising 4-phenyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-benzyl-6-isopropyl-1 , 3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3 hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, 3-hydroxy-2-methylquinoline-4-carboxylic acid and 6-methylpyridin-3-ol, more preferably 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine and 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, most preferably 4-dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1, 3 dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride and 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, most preferably 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride and 2,3-dihydroxypyridine.
Vorzugsweise enthalten erfindungsgemäße Dermokosmetika die oben genannten Substanzen in einem Anteil von 0,001 bis 30 Gewichtsprozent (Gew.-%), vorzugsweise 0,01 bis 0,1 Gew.-%, 0,1 bis 1 Gew.-% bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht des Mittels. In einer weiteren Ausführungsform enthalten die Dermokosmetika die oben genannten Verbindungen in einer Konzentration von 1 bis 10 Gew.-%, vorzugsweise 2 bis 8 Gew.- %, 3 bis 7 Gew.-%, 4 bis 6 Gew.-% bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht des Mittels. In einer ebenfalls bevorzugten Ausführungsform enthalten die Dermokosmetika die oben genannten Verbindungen in einer Konzentration von 10 bis 20 Gew.-%, vorzugsweise 1 1 bis 19 Gew.-%, 12 bis 18 Gew.-%, 13 bis 17 Gew.-%, 14 bis 16 Gew.-% bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht des Mittels. In einer darüberhinaus bevorzugten Ausführungsform enthalten die Dermokosmetika die oben genannten Verbindungen in einer Kon- zentration von 20 bis 30 Gew.-%, vorzugsweise 21 bis 29 Gew.-%, 22 bis 28 Gew.-%, 23 bis 27 Gew.-%, 24 bis 26 Gew.-% bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht des Mittels.Dermocosmetics according to the invention preferably contain the abovementioned substances in a proportion of 0.001 to 30% by weight (wt .-%), preferably 0.01 to 0.1 wt .-%, 0.1 to 1 wt .-% based on the total weight of agent. In a further embodiment, the dermocosmetics contain the above-mentioned compounds in a concentration of 1 to 10 wt .-%, preferably 2 to 8 wt .-%, 3 to 7 wt .-%, 4 to 6 wt .-% based on the Total weight of the agent. In a likewise preferred embodiment, the dermocosmetics contain the abovementioned compounds in a concentration of 10 to 20% by weight, preferably 1 to 19% by weight, 12 to 18% by weight, 13 to 17% by weight, 14 to 16 wt .-% based on the total weight of the composition. In a furthermore preferred embodiment, the dermocosmetics contain the abovementioned compounds in a concentration of 20 to 30% by weight, preferably 21 to 29% by weight, 22 to 28% by weight, 23 to 27% by weight. , 24 to 26 wt .-% based on the total weight of the composition.
In einer anderen bevorzugten Ausführungsform enthalten die erfindungsgemäßen Dermokosmetika zusätzlich zu den Verbindungen gemäß Formel 1 einen oder mehrere kosmetische oder dermokosmetische Wirkstoffe.In another preferred embodiment, the dermocosmetics according to the invention contain, in addition to the compounds of the formula 1, one or more cosmetic or dermocosmetic active ingredients.
Vorzugsweise handelt es sich dabei um Wirkstoffe ausgewählt aus der Gruppe der natürlichen oder synthetischen Polymere, Pigmente, Feuchthaltemittel, Öle, Wachse, Enzyme, Mineralien, Vitamine, Sonnenschutzmittel, Farbstoffe, Duftstoffe, Antioxidan- tien, Konservierungsmittel und/oder pharmazeutische Wirkstoffe, die zur Unterstüt- zung, Vorbeugung und Behandlung von Hauterkrankungen eingesetzt werden und eine heilende, Schädigungen vorbeugende, regenerierende oder den allgemeinen Zustand der Haut verbessernde biologische Wirkung haben.These are preferably active substances selected from the group of natural or synthetic polymers, pigments, humectants, oils, waxes, enzymes, minerals, vitamins, sunscreens, dyes, fragrances, antioxidants, preservatives and / or pharmaceutical active ingredients, which are used for Support, prevention and treatment of skin diseases are used and have a healing, damage preventive, regenerating or improving the general condition of the skin biological effect.
Geeignete Hilfs- und Zusatzstoffe für die Herstellung von haarkosmetischen oder haut- kosmetischen Zubereitungen sind dem Fachmann geläufig und können aus Handbüchern der Kosmetik, beispielsweise Schrader, Grundlagen und Rezepturen der Kosmetika, Hüthig Verlag, Heidelberg, 1989, ISBN 3-7785-1491-1 , oder Limbach, Kosmetik: Entwicklung, Herstellung und Anwendung kosmetischer Mittel, 2. erweiterte Auflage, 1995, Georg Thieme Verlag, ISBN 3 13 712602 9 entnommen werden.Suitable auxiliaries and additives for the production of hair cosmetic or skin cosmetic preparations are familiar to the expert and can from manuals of cosmetics, such as Schrader, bases and formulations of cosmetics, Hüthig Verlag, Heidelberg, 1989, ISBN 3-7785-1491-1 , or Limbach, cosmetics: development, production and application of cosmetic products, 2nd extended edition, 1995, Georg Thieme Verlag, ISBN 3 13 712 602 9 are removed.
Vorzugsweise enthalten die erfindungsgemäßen Dermokosmetika wenigstens eine der vorstehend definierten Verbindungen und wenigstens einen davon verschiedenen Bestandteil, der ausgewählt ist unter kosmetisch aktiven Wirkstoffen, Emulgatoren, Ten- siden, Konservierungsmitteln, Parfümölen, Verdickern, Haarpolymeren, Haar-und Hautconditionierern, Pfropfpolymeren, wasserlöslichen oder dispergierbaren silikonhal- tigen Polymeren, Lichtschutzmitteln, Bleichmitteln, Gelbildnern, Pflegemitteln, Färbe- mittein, Tönungsmitteln, Bräunungsmitteln, Farbstoffen, Pigmenten, Konsistenzgebern, Feuchthaltemitteln, Rückfettern, Collagen, Eiweißhydrolysaten, Lipiden, Antioxidantien, Entschäumern, Antistatika, Emollienzien und Weichmachern. Die Wirkstoffe können auch in verkapselter Form wie in den Patenten/Patentanmeldungen EP 00974775 B1 , DE 2311 712, EP 0278 878, DE 1999 47147, EP 0706822B1 und WO 98/16621 beschrieben, auf deren Inhalt hiermit ausdrücklich Bezug genommen wird, in den kosmetischen Zubereitungen enthalten sein.The dermocosmetics according to the invention preferably contain at least one of the compounds defined above and at least one different constituent selected from cosmetically active ingredients, emulsifiers, surfactants, preservatives, perfume oils, thickeners, hair polymers, hair and skin conditioners, graft polymers, water-soluble or dispersible silicone-containing polymers, light stabilizers, bleaching agents, gelling agents, conditioners, dyeing agents, tanning agents, tanning agents, dyes, pigments, bodying agents, moisturizers, restockers, collagen, protein hydrolysates, lipids, antioxidants, defoamers, antistatic agents, emollients and plasticizers. The active compounds can also be described in encapsulated form as described in the patents / patent applications EP 00974775 B1, DE 2311 712, EP 0278 878, DE 1999 47147, EP 0706822B1 and WO 98/16621, the contents of which are hereby expressly incorporated by reference into the cosmetic Preparations should be included.
Die Menge solcher Wirkstoffe/Substanzen (eine oder mehrere der im folgenden näher charkterisierten Verbindungen) in den Zubereitungen gemäß der Erfindung beträgt vorzugsweise 0,001 bis 30 Gew.-%, besonders bevorzugt 0,05 bis 20 Gew.-%, insbesondere 1 bis 10 Gew.-%, bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der Zubereitung. Die genannten und weitere Wirkstoffe, die in den erfindungsgemäßen Zubereitungen verwendet werden können, sind in der DE 103 18 526 A1 auf den Seiten 12 bis 17 angege- ben, worauf an dieser Stelle in vollem Umfang Bezug genommen wird.The amount of such active substances / substances (one or more of the compounds characterized in greater detail hereinafter) in the preparations according to the invention is preferably from 0.001 to 30% by weight, particularly preferably from 0.05 to 20% by weight, in particular from 1 to 10% by weight .-%, based on the total weight of the preparation. The above-mentioned and further active compounds that can be used in the preparations according to the invention are given in DE 103 18 526 A1 on pages 12 to 17, to which reference is made in full at this point.
Bei den erfindungsgemäßen Dermokosmetika handelt es sich vorzugsweise um Hautschutzmittel, Hautpflegemittel, Hautreinigungsmittel, Haarschutzmittel, Haarpflegemittel, Haarreinigungsmittel oder Zubereitung für die dekorative Kosmetik, die je nach An- wendungsgebiet vorzugsweise in Form von Salben, Cremes, Emulsionen, Suspensionen, Lotionen, als Milch, Pasten, Gelen, Schäumen oder Sprays angewendet werden.The dermocosmetics according to the invention are preferably skin protection agents, skin care preparations, skin cleansing agents, hair protection agents, hair care preparations, hair cleansing preparations or preparations for decorative cosmetics which, depending on the field of application, are preferably in the form of ointments, creams, emulsions, suspensions, lotions, as milk, Pastes, gels, foams or sprays are applied.
Die Formulierungsgrundlage erfindungsgemäßer Dermokosmetika enthält bevorzugt kosmetisch oder dermokosmetisch/pharmazeutisch akzeptable Hilfsstoffe. Pharmazeu- tisch akzeptabel sind die im Bereich der Pharmazie, der Lebensmitteltechnologie und angrenzenden Gebieten bekanntermassen verwendbaren Hilfsstoffe, insbesondere die in einschlägigen Arzneibüchern (z.B. Deutsches Arzneimittelbuch) gelisteten sowie andere Hilfsstoffe, deren Eigenschaften einer physiologischen Anwendung nicht entgegenstehen.The formulation base of dermocosmetics according to the invention preferably contains cosmetically or dermocosmetically / pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are known to be usable in the field of pharmacy, food technology and related fields, in particular those listed in relevant pharmacopoeias (for example German Pharmacopoeia) and other auxiliaries whose properties do not preclude physiological application.
Geeignete kosmetisch und/oder dermokosmetisch aktive Wirkstoffe sind z.B. färbende Wirkstoffe, Haut-und Haarpigmentierungsmittel, Tönungsmittel, Bräunungsmittel (Künstlich hautbräunende Wirkstoffe), Bleichmittel, Keratin-härtende Stoffe, antimikro- bielle Wirkstoffe, Lichtfilterwirkstoffe, Repellentwirkstoffe, hyperemisierend wirkende Stoffe, keratolytisch und keratoplastisch wirkende Stoffe, Antischuppenwirkstoffe, An- tiphlogistika, keratinisierend wirkende Stoffe, antioxidativ bzw. als Radikalfänger aktive Wirkstoffe, hautbefeuchtende oder -feuchthaltende Stoffe, rückfettende Wirkstoffe, an- tierythimatös oder antiallergisch aktive Wirkstoffe, verzweigte Fettsäuren wie 18- Methyleicosansäure, und Mischungen davon. Eine diesbezügliche Ausgestaltung beruht auf fachmännischem Wissen, wie sie beispielsweise in Fiedler, H. P. Lexikon der Hilfsstoffe für Pharmazie, Kosmetik und angrenzende Gebiete, 4. Aufl., Aulendorf: ECV-Editio-Kantor-Verlag, 1996, dargestellt sind.Suitable cosmetically and / or dermocosmetically active agents are, for example, coloring agents, skin and hair pigmenting agents, toning agents, tanning agents (artificial skin tanning agents), bleaching agents, keratin-hardening substances, antimicrobial agents, light filter active ingredients, repellent active ingredients, hyperemic substances, keratolytic and keratoplastic acting substances, anti-dandruff agents, anti-inflammatory agents, keratinizing substances, antioxidants or free-radical scavengers, skin-moisturizing or moisturizing substances, moisturizing agents, anti-dehydration or anti-allergic active substances, branched fatty acids such as 18-methyl eicosanoic acid, and mixtures thereof. A related embodiment is based on expert knowledge, as shown for example in Fiedler, HP Lexicon of excipients for pharmacy, cosmetics and related fields, 4th ed., Aulendorf: ECV Editio Kantor Verlag, 1996.
Zur Herstellung der erfindungsgemäßen dermokosmetischen Mittel können die Wirkstoffe mit einem geeigneten Hilfsstoff (Exzipient) vermischt oder verdünnt werden. Ex- zipienten können feste, halb feste oder flüssige Materialien sein, die als Vehikel, Träger oder Medium für den Wirkstoff dienen können. Die Zumischung weiterer Hilfsstoffe erfolgt gewünschtenfalls in der dem Fachmann bekannten Weise. Weiterhin sind die Polymere und Dispersionen geeignet als Hilfsmittel in der Pharmazie, bevorzugt als oder in Beschichtungsmittel(n) oder Bindemittel(n) für feste Arzneiformen. Sie können auch in Cremes und als Tablettenüberzugsmittel und Tablettenbindemittel verwendet werden.To prepare the dermocosmetic agents of the invention, the active ingredients may be mixed or diluted with a suitable excipient (excipient). Excipients may be solid, semi-solid or liquid materials which may serve as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active ingredient. If desired, the admixing of further auxiliaries takes place in the manner known to the person skilled in the art. Furthermore, the polymers and dispersions are suitable as auxiliaries in pharmacy, preferably as or in coating agent (s) or binder (s) for solid dosage forms. They can also be used in creams and as tablet coatings and tablet binders.
Besonders bevorzugt sind Dermokosmetika enthaltend die im folgenden aufgeführten dermokosmetisch/pharmazeutisch akzeptablen Hilfsstoffe/Wirkstoffe:Particular preference is given to dermocosmetics containing the dermocosmetically / pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliaries / active substances listed below:
Vorteilhafterweise werden Antioxidantien gewählt, die auf Seite 17, Zeilen 15-40 der PCT Anmeldung mit dem Aktenzeichen PCT/EP2006/064264 beschreiben sind. Auf den Ihnalt der genannten Textstelle wird hiermit in vollem Umfang Bezug genommen. Die oben genannten Seiten und Zeilen, sowei alle weiteren noch folgenden Bezüge auf den Inhalt der PCT Anmeldung mit dem Aktenzeichen PCT/EP2006/064264, beziehen sich auf den am 14.07.2006 beim Europäischen Patentamt eingereichten An- meldetext der genannten Patentanmeldung.Advantageously, antioxidants are selected which are described on page 17, lines 15-40 of the PCT application with the file reference PCT / EP2006 / 064264. The content of the said text is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. The above-mentioned pages and lines, as well as all other references to the contents of the PCT application with the file reference PCT / EP2006 / 064264, refer to the application text filed on July 14, 2006 at the European Patent Office of the cited patent application.
Zu den erfindungsgemäß bevorzugt einzusetzenden Vitaminen, Provitaminen oder Vitaminvorstufen der Vitamin B-Gruppe oder deren Derivaten sei auf die auf Seite 18, Zeilen 1-41 der PCT Anmeldung mit dem Aktenzeichen PCT/EP2006/064264 genann- ten Substanzen verwiesen. Auf den Ihnalt der genannten Textstelle wird hiermit in vollem Umfang Bezug genommen.For the vitamins, provitamins or vitamin precursors of the vitamin B group or derivatives thereof preferably to be used according to the invention, reference is made to the substances mentioned on page 18, lines 1-41 of the PCT application with the file reference PCT / EP2006 / 064264. The content of the said text is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Panthenol, Pantolacton, Nicotinsäureamid sowie Biotin sind erfindungsgemäß ganz besonders bevorzugt.Panthenol, pantolactone, nicotinamide and biotin are very particularly preferred according to the invention.
Als Farbstoffe können die für kosmetische Zwecke geeigneten und zugelassenen Substanzen verwendet werden, wie sie beispielsweise in der Publikation "Kosmetische Färbemittel" der Farbstoffkommission der Deutschen Forschungsgemeinschaft, veröffentlicht im Verlag Chemie, Weinheim, 1984, zusammengestellt sind. Diese Farbstoffe werden üblicherweise in Konzentration von 0,001 bis 0,1 Gew.-%, bezogen auf die gesamte Mischung, eingesetzt. In einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform enthalten die erfindungsgemäßen Zusammensetzungen mindestens ein Pigment. Die Pigmente liegen in der Produktmasse in ungelöster Form vor und können in einer Menge von 0,01 bis 25 Gew.%, besonders bevor- zugt von 5 bis 15 Gew.% enthalten sein. Die bevorzugte Teilchengröße beträgt 1 bis 200 μm, insbesondere 3 bis 150 μm, besonders bevorzugt 10 bis 100 μm. Die Pigmente sind im Anwendungsmedium praktisch unlösliche Farbmittel und können anorganisch oder organisch sein. Auch anorganisch-organische Mischpigmente sind möglich. Bevorzugt sind anorganische Pigmente. Der Vorteil der anorganischen Pigmente ist deren ausgezeichnete Licht-, Wetter- und Temperaturbeständigkeit.Dyes which may be used are those which are suitable and approved for cosmetic purposes, as compiled, for example, in the publication "Kosmetische Färbemittel" of the Farbstoffkommission of the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft, published by Verlag Chemie, Weinheim, 1984. These dyes are usually used in concentrations of 0.001 to 0.1 wt .-%, based on the total mixture. In a preferred embodiment, the compositions according to the invention contain at least one pigment. The pigments are present in undissolved form in the product composition and may be present in an amount of from 0.01 to 25% by weight, more preferably from 5 to 15% by weight. The preferred particle size is 1 to 200 .mu.m, in particular 3 to 150 .mu.m, particularly preferably 10 to 100 .mu.m. The pigments are practically insoluble colorants in the application medium and may be inorganic or organic. Also inorganic-organic mixed pigments are possible. Preference is given to inorganic pigments. The advantage of inorganic pigments is their excellent light, weather and temperature resistance.
Beispiele für anorganische Pigmente, organische Pigmente und Perlglanzmittel können den Seiten 19, Zeilen 10-42, Seite 20, Zeilen 1-9 und 27-39 der PCT Anmeldung mit dem Aktenzeichen PCT/EP2006/064264 entnommen werden. Auf den Ihnalt der ge- nannten Textstellen wird hiermit in vollem Umfang Bezug genommen.Examples of inorganic pigments, organic pigments and pearlescing agents can be found in pages 19, lines 10-42, page 20, lines 1-9 and 27-39 of PCT Application Serial No. PCT / EP2006 / 064264. The content of the said passages is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
In einer Ausführungsform enthält die erfindungsmäße Zusammensetzung 0,01 bis 10, besonders bevorzugt von 0,05 bis 5 Gew.% an mindestens einem partikelförmigen Stoff. Geeignete Stoffe sind z.B. Stoffe, die bei Raumtemperatur (25°C) fest sind und in Form von Partikeln vorliegen. Geeignet sind etwa Silica, Silikate, Aluminate, Tonerden, Mica, Salze, insbesondere anorganische Metallsalze, Metalloxide, z.B. Titandioxid, Minerale und Polymerpartikel. Die Partikel liegen in dem Mittel ungelöster, vorzugsweise stabil dispergierter Form vor und können sich nach Aufbringen auf die Anwendungsoberfläche und Verdampfen des Lösungsmittels in fester Form abscheiden. Be- vorzugte partikelförmige Stoffe sind Silica (Kieselgel, Siliciumdioxid) und Metallsalze, insbesondere anorganische Metallsalze, wobei Silica besonders bevorzugt ist. Metallsalze sind z.B. Alkali- oder Erdalkalihalogenide wie Natriumchlorid oder Kaliumchlorid; Alkali- oder Erdalkalisulfate wie Natriumsulfat oder Magnesiumsulfat.In one embodiment, the composition according to the invention contains from 0.01 to 10, particularly preferably from 0.05 to 5,% by weight of at least one particulate substance. Suitable substances are e.g. Substances which are solid at room temperature (25 ° C) and in the form of particles. Suitable examples are silica, silicates, aluminates, clays, mica, salts, in particular inorganic metal salts, metal oxides, e.g. Titanium dioxide, minerals and polymer particles. The particles are present in the agent undissolved, preferably stably dispersed form and can be deposited in solid form after application to the application surface and evaporation of the solvent. Preferred particulate substances are silica (silica gel, silica) and metal salts, in particular inorganic metal salts, with silica being particularly preferred. Metal salts are e.g. Alkali or alkaline earth halides such as sodium chloride or potassium chloride; Alkali or alkaline earth sulfates such as sodium sulfate or magnesium sulfate.
Übliche Verdickungsmittel in derartigen Formulierungen sind vernetzte Polyacrylsäu- ren und deren Derivate, Polysaccharide und deren Derivate, wie Xanthangum, Agar- Agar, Alginate oder Tylosen, Cellulosederivate, z.B. Carboxymethylcellulose oder Hydroxycarboxymethylcellulose, Fettalkohole, Monoglyceride und Fettsäuren, Polyvi- nylalkohol und Polyvinylpyrrolidon. Bevorzugt werden nichtionische Verdicker einge- setzt.Typical thickeners in such formulations are crosslinked polyacrylic acids and their derivatives, polysaccharides and their derivatives, such as xanthan gum, agar-agar, alginates or tyloses, cellulose derivatives, e.g. Carboxymethylcellulose or hydroxycarboxymethylcellulose, fatty alcohols, monoglycerides and fatty acids, polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone. Nonionic thickeners are preferably used.
Künstlich hautbräunende Wirkstoffe, die geeignet sind, die Haut ohne natürliche oder künstliche Bestrahlung mit UV-Strahlen zu bräunen, sind z.B. Dihydroxyaceton, AIIo- xan und Walnussschalenextrakt. Geeignete Keratin-härtende Stoffe sind in der Regel Wirkstoffe, wie sie auch in Antitranspirantien eingesetzt werden, wie z.B. Kaliumaluminiumsulfat, Aluminiumhydroxychlorid, Aluminiumlactat, etc. Antimikrobielle Wirkstoffe werden eingesetzt, um Mikroorganismen zu zerstören bzw. ihr Wachstum zu hemmen und dienen somit sowohl als Konservierungsmittel als auch als desodorierend wirkender Stoff, welcher die Entstehung oder die Intensität von Körpergeruch vermindert. Dazu zählen z.B. übliche, dem Fachmann bekannte Konservie- rungsmittel, wie p-Hydroxybenzoesäureester, Imidazolidinyl-Harnstoff, Formaldehyd, Sorbinsäure, Benzoesäure, Salicylsäure, etc. Derartige desodorierend wirkende Stoffe sind z.B. Zinkricinoleat, Triclosan, Undecylensäurealkylolamide, Citronensäuretriethy- lester, Chlorhexidin etc.Artificial skin tanning agents which are suitable for tanning the skin without natural or artificial irradiation with UV rays are, for example, dihydroxyacetone, alloxan and walnut shell extract. Suitable keratin-hardening substances are as a rule active ingredients, as are also used in antiperspirants, for example potassium aluminum sulfate, aluminum hydroxychloride, aluminum lactate, etc. Antimicrobial agents are used to destroy microorganisms or to inhibit their growth and thus serve both as a preservative and as a deodorizing substance, which reduces the formation or intensity of body odor. These include, for example, customary preservatives known to the person skilled in the art, such as p-hydroxybenzoic acid ester, imidazolidinyl urea, formaldehyde, sorbic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, etc. Such deodorizing substances are, for example, zinc ricinoleate, triclosan, undecylenic acid alkylolamides, triethyl citronate, chlorhexidine etc.
Erfindungsgemäß vorteilhafte Konservierungsmittel oder Verbindungen mit bakteriziden, fungiziden oder keimhemmernden Wirkungen sind auf Seite 21 , ab Zeile 31 und Seite 22 der PCT Anmeldung mit dem Aktenzeichen PCT/EP2006/064264 genannt . Auf den Ihnalt der genannten Textstellen wird hiermit in vollem Umfang Bezug genommen.Preservatives or compounds having bactericidal, fungicidal or germ-inhibiting effects which are advantageous according to the invention are mentioned on page 21, from line 31 and page 22 of the PCT application with the file reference PCT / EP2006 / 064264. The content of the said text is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Gegebenenfalls können die kosmetischen Zusammensetzungen Parfümöle enthalten. Als geeignete Parfümöle seien die auf der Seite 23, Zeilen 1-36 der PCT Anmeldung mit dem Aktenzeichen PCT/EP2006/064264 genannten Gemische aus natürlichen und synthetischen Riechstoffen genannt. Auf den Ihnalt der genannten Textstellen wird hiermit in vollem Umfang Bezug genommenOptionally, the cosmetic compositions may contain perfume oils. Suitable perfume oils are the mixtures of natural and synthetic fragrances mentioned on page 23, lines 1-36 of the PCT application with the file reference PCT / EP2006 / 064264. The content of the said text is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety
Bevorzugt enthalten die erfindungsgemäßen Zusammensetzungen Öle, Fette und/oder Wachse. Vorteilhafte Bestandteile der Öl- und/oder Fettphase der erfindungsgemäßen Zusammensetzungen (Fettsäuretriglyceride, Guerbetalkohole, cyclische oder lineare Silikonöle, Phospholipide sind auf den Seiten 23, Zeilen 40-43 und Seite 29, Zeile 14 der PCT Anmeldung mit dem Aktenzeichen PCT/EP2006/064264 offenbart. Auf den Ihnalt der genannten Textstellen wird hiermit in vollem Umfang Bezug genommenThe compositions according to the invention preferably contain oils, fats and / or waxes. Advantageous constituents of the oil and / or fat phase of the compositions according to the invention (fatty acid triglycerides, Guerbet alcohols, cyclic or linear silicone oils, phospholipids are described on pages 23, lines 40-43 and page 29, line 14 of the PCT Application Serial No. PCT / EP2006 / 064264 The contents of the said texts are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety
Geeignete kosmetisch verträgliche Öl- und Fettkomponenten sind ferner in Karl-Heinz Schrader, Grundlagen und Rezepturen der Kosmetika, 2. Auflage, Verlag Hüthig, Heidelberg, S. 319 - 355, beschrieben, worauf hier in vollem Umfang Bezug genommen wird.Suitable cosmetically acceptable oil and fat components are also described in Karl-Heinz Schrader, Fundamentals and formulations of cosmetics, 2nd edition, Verlag Hüthig, Heidelberg, p. 319-355, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Sofern die kosmetische oder dermatologische Zusammensetzung im Sinne der vorlie- genden Erfindung eine Lösung oder Emulsion oder Dispersion darstellt, können als Lösungsmittel die auf der Seite 29 der PCT Anmeldung mit dem Aktenzeichen PCT/EP2006/064264 genannten Lösungsmittel verwendet werden. Auf den Ihnalt der genannten Textstelle wird hiermit in vollem Umfang Bezug genommen.If the cosmetic or dermatological composition in the sense of the present invention represents a solution or emulsion or dispersion, the solvents mentioned on page 29 of the PCT application with the file reference PCT / EP2006 / 064264 can be used. The content of the said text is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Die erfindungsgemäßen Zusammensetzungen können Tenside und Polysorbate enthalten. Solche Tenside und Polysorbate sind beispielsweise beschrieben auf der Seite 30 der PCT Anmeldung mit dem Aktenzeichen PCT/EP2006/064264. Auf den lhnalt der genannten Textstelle wird hiermit in vollem Umfang Bezug genommen.The compositions of the invention may contain surfactants and polysorbates. Such surfactants and polysorbates are described, for example, on the page 30 of the PCT application with file number PCT / EP2006 / 064264. The content of the text cited is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Diese Tenside und/oder Polysorbate werden erfindungsgemäß vorteilhaft in einer Kon- zentration von 0,1 bis 5 Gewichts-% und insbesondere in einer Konzentration von 1 ,5 bis 2,5 Gewichts-%, bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der Zusammensetzung einzeln oder als Mischung mehrer Polysorbate, eingesetzt.These surfactants and / or polysorbates are used according to the invention advantageously in a concentration of 0.1 to 5% by weight and in particular in a concentration of 1, 5 to 2.5% by weight, based on the total weight of the composition, individually or as a mixture several polysorbates used.
In einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform der Erfindung enthalten die Zusammensetzun- gen auch Konditionierungsmittel. Erfindungsgemäß bevorzugte Konditionierungsmittel sind beispielsweise alle Verbindungen, welche im International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook (Volume 4, Herausgeber: R. C. Pepe, J.A. Wenninger, G. N. McEwen, The Cosmetic, Toiletry, and Fragrance Association, 9. Auflage, 2002) unter Section 4 unter den Stichworten Hair Conditioning Agents, Humectants, Skin- Conditioning Agents, Skin-Conditioning Agents-Emollient, Skin-Conditioning Agents- Humectant, Skin-Conditioning Agents-Miscellaneous, Skin-Conditioning Agents- Occlusive und Skin Protectans aufgeführt sind sowie alle in der EP-A 934 956 (S.1 1- 13) unter "water soluble conditioning agent" und „oil soluble conditioning agent" aufgeführten Verbindungen. Auf den Ihnalt der genannten Textstellen wird hiermit in vollem Umfang Bezug genommen. Weitere vorteilhafte Konditionierungsmittel stellen beispielsweise die nach INCI als Polyquaternium bezeichneten Verbindungen dar (insbesondere Polyquaternium-1 bis Polyquaternium-56). Zu den geeigneten Konditionie- rungsmitteln zählen beispielsweise auch polymere quaternäre Ammoniumverbindungen, kationische Cellulosederivate und Polysaccharide.In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the compositions also contain conditioning agents. Conditioning agents which are preferred according to the invention are, for example, all compounds disclosed in section 4 of the International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook (Volume 4, published by: RC Pepe, JA Wenninger, GN McEwen, The Cosmetic, Toiletry, and Fragrance Association, 9th Edition, 2002) the terms Hair Conditioning Agents, Humectants, Skin Conditioning Agents, Skin Conditioning Agents Emollient, Skin Conditioning Agents Humectant, Skin Conditioning Agents-Miscellaneous, Skin Conditioning Agents- Occlusive and Skin Protectans are listed as well as all in the EP -An 934 956 (pp. 1-13) under "water soluble conditioning agent" and "oil soluble conditioning agent", the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety INCI referred to as Polyquaternium compounds (in particular Polyquaternium-1 to Polyquaternium Suitable conditioning agents include, for example, polymeric quaternary ammonium compounds, cationic cellulose derivatives and polysaccharides.
Erfindungsgemäß vorteilhafte Konditionierungsmittel können dabei aus den in der Tabelle 1 auf Seite 32 der PCT Anmeldung mit dem Aktenzeichen PCT/EP2006/064264 ausgewählt werden. Auf den Ihnalt der genannten Tabelle wird hiermit in vollem Umfang Bezug genommen.Conditioning agents which are advantageous according to the invention can be selected from those given in Table 1 on page 32 of the PCT application with the file reference PCT / EP2006 / 064264. The content of said table is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Weitere erfindungsgemäß vorteilhafte Konditionierer stellen Cellulosederivate und qua- ternisierte Guargum Derivate, insbesondere Guar, Hydroxypropylammoniumchlorid (z.B. Jaguar Excel®, Jaguar C 162® (Rhodia), CAS 65497-29-2, CAS 39421-75-5) dar. Auch nichtionische Poly-N-vinylpyrrolidon/Polyvinylacetat-Copolymere (z.B. Lu- viskol®VA 64 (BASF)), anionische Acrylat-Copolymere (z.B. Luviflex®Soft (BASF)), und/oder amphotere Amid/Acrylat/Methacrylat Copolymere (z.B. Amphomer® (National Starch)) können erfindungsgemäß vorteilhaft als Konditionierer eingesetzt werden.Further inventively conditioners advantageous cellulose derivatives and guar gum quali- Terni catalyzed derivatives, in particular guar, hydroxypropylammonium (eg Jaguar Excel ®, Jaguar C 162 ® (Rhodia), CAS 65497-29-2, CAS 39421-75-5). Also, non-ionic poly N-vinylpyrrolidone / polyvinyl acetate copolymers (eg Lu viskol ® VA 64 (BASF)), anionic acrylate copolymers (eg Luviflex soft ® (BASF)), and / or amphoteric amide / acrylate / methacrylate copolymers (for example, Amphomer ® ( National Starch)) can be advantageously used according to the invention as a conditioner.
Ein Zusatz von Puderrohstoffen kann allgemein vorteilhaft sein. Besonders bevorzugt wird der Einsatz von Talkum. Die erfindungsgemäßen Dermokosmetika enthalten gegebenenfalls ethoxylierte Öle. Bevorzugte sind die auf der Seite 33 ab Zeile 19 und Seite 34, Zeilen 1 bis 12 der PCT Anmeldung mit dem Aktenzeichen PCTVE P2006/064264 offenbarten Öle. Auf den Ih- nalt der genannten Textstellen wird hiermit in vollem Umfang Bezug genommen.An addition of powder raw materials can be generally advantageous. Particularly preferred is the use of talc. The dermocosmetics according to the invention optionally contain ethoxylated oils. Preferred are the oils disclosed on page 33 from line 19 and page 34, lines 1 to 12 of PCT Application Serial No. PCTVE P2006 / 064264. The contents of the said passages are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
In einer besonders bevorzugten Ausführungsform der vorliegenden Erfindung handelt es sich um Sonnenschutzmittel insbesondere kosmetische oder dermatologische Lichtschutzmittel, die wenigstens eine UV-Filtersubstanz enthalten.In a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention, sunscreen agents are, in particular, cosmetic or dermatological light stabilizers which contain at least one UV filter substance.
Die kosmetischen und/oder dermatologischen Lichtschutzzusammensetzungen dieser Erfindung dienen dem kosmetischen und/oder dermatologischen Lichtschutz, ferner zur Behandlung und Pflege der Haut und/oder der Haare und als Schminkprodukt in der dekorativen Kosmetik. Dazu zählen beispielsweise Sonnencremes, -lotionen, - milche, -öle, -baisame, -gele, Lippenpflegen und Lippenstifte, Abdeckcremes und - stifte, Feuchtigkeitscremes, -lotionen, -emulsionen, Gesichts-, Körper- und Handcremes, Haarkuren und -Spülungen, Haarfestiger, Styling-Gele, Haarsprays, Deoroller oder Augenfältchencremes, Tropicals, Sunblocker, Aftersun-Präparate. Alle Präparate enthalten wenigstens eine der genannten UV-Filtersubstanzen.The cosmetic and / or dermatological sunscreen compositions of this invention are for cosmetic and / or dermatological photoprotection, further for the treatment and care of the skin and / or the hair and as a make-up product in the decorative cosmetics. These include, for example, sunscreens, lotions, milks, oils, baisams, gels, lip care and lipsticks, masking creams and sticks, moisturizers, lotions, emulsions, face, body and hand creams, hair conditioners and conditioners, Hair fixatives, styling gels, hair sprays, deodorants or eye wrinkle creams, tropicals, sunblocks, aftersun preparations. All preparations contain at least one of the UV filter substances mentioned.
Sonnenöle sind meist Mischungen verschiedener Öle mit einem oder mehreren Lichtschutzfiltern und Parfümölen. Die Ölkomponenten werden nach unterschiedlichen kosmetischen Eigenschaften ausgewählt. Öle, die gut fetten und ein weiches Hautgefühl vermitteln, wie Mineralöle (z. B. Paraffinöle) und Fettsäuretriglyceride (z. B. Erd- nussöl, Sesamöl, Avocadoöl, mittelkettige Triglyceride), werden mit Ölen gemischt, die die Verteilbarkeit und das Einziehen der Sonnenöle in die Haut verbessern, die Klebrigkeit verringern und den Ölfilm für Luft und Wasserdampf (Schweiß) durchlässig machen. Hierzu zählen verzweigtkettige Fettsäureester (z. B. Isopropylpalmitat) und Siliconöle (z. B. Dimethylsilicon). Bei Verwendung von Ölen auf Basis ungesättigter Fettsäuren werden Antioxidantien, z. B. Vitamin E, zugesetzt, um das Ranzigwerden zu verhindern. Sonnenöle enthalten als wasserfreie Formulierungen in der Regel keine Konservierungsmittel. Sonnenmilche und -Cremes werden als Öl-in-wasser- (O/W) Emulsionen und als Wasser-in-ÖI-(W/O-)Emulsionen hergestellt. Je nach Emulsionstyp sind die Eigenschaften der Präparate sehr unterschiedlich: O/W-Emulsionen sind auf der Haut leicht verteilbar, sie ziehen meist schnell ein und sind fast immer mit Wasser leicht abwaschbar. W/O-Emulsionen sind schwerer einzureiben, sie fetten die Haut stärker und wirken dadurch etwas klebriger, bewahren aber andererseits die Haut besser vor dem Austrocknen. W/O-Emulsionen sind meist wasserfest. Bei O/W- Emulsionen entscheiden die Emulsionsbasis, die Auswahl geeigneter Lichtschutzstoffe und ggf. der Einsatz von Hilfsstoffen (z. B. Polymere) über den Grad der Wasserfestig- keit. Die Grundlagen von flüssigen und cremeförmigen O/W-Ernulsionen ähneln in ihrer Zusammensetzung den sonstigen in der Hautpflege üblichen Emulsionen. Sonnenmil- che sollen die durch Sonne, Wasser und Wind ausgetrocknete Haut ausreichend fetten. Sie dürfen nicht klebrig sein, da dies in der Hitze und bei Kontakt mit Sand als besonders unangenehm empfunden wird.Sun oils are usually mixtures of various oils with one or more sunscreen filters and perfume oils. The oil components are selected according to different cosmetic properties. Oils that give good fat and soft feel, such as mineral oils (eg, paraffin oils) and fatty acid triglycerides (eg, peanut oil, sesame oil, avocado oil, medium chain triglycerides) are mixed with oils that promote dispersibility and retraction Improve the sun oils in the skin, reduce the stickiness and make the oil film for air and water vapor (sweat) permeable. These include branched-chain fatty acid esters (eg isopropyl palmitate) and silicone oils (eg dimethylsilicone). When using oils based on unsaturated fatty acids antioxidants, eg. As vitamin E, added to prevent rancidity. Sun oils as anhydrous formulations usually contain no preservatives. Sunmilk and creams are made as oil-in-water (O / W) emulsions and as water-in-oil (W / O) emulsions. Depending on the type of emulsion, the properties of the preparations are very different: O / W emulsions are easily distributed on the skin, they are usually absorbed quickly and are almost always readily washable with water. W / O emulsions are harder to rub in, they make the skin stronger and thus look a bit stickier, but on the other hand they better protect the skin from drying out. W / O emulsions are mostly waterproof. In the case of O / W emulsions, the emulsion base, the selection of suitable light stabilizers and, if appropriate, the use of auxiliaries (eg polymers) determine the degree of water resistance. The basis of liquid and creamy O / W-Ernulsen resemble in their composition the usual emulsions in skin care. Sonnenmil- It is recommended that the skin dried out by the sun, water and wind should be sufficiently greasy. They must not be sticky, as this is particularly uncomfortable in the heat and in contact with sand.
Die Lichtschutzmittel sind in der Regel auf der Basis eines Trägers, der mindestens eine Ölphase enthält. Es sind aber auch Zusammensetzungen allein auf wässriger Basis möglich. Demgemäss kommen Öle, Öl-in-Wasser- und Wasser-in-ÖI- Emulsionen, Cremes und Pasten, Lippenschutzstiftmassen oder fettfreie Gele in Betracht.The light stabilizers are usually based on a carrier which contains at least one oil phase. However, compositions based on water are also possible. Accordingly, oils, oil-in-water and water-in-oil emulsions, creams and pastes, lip balm sticks or fat-free gels are contemplated.
Als Emulsionen kommen u.a. auch O/W-Makroemulsionen, O/W-Mikroemulsionen oder O/W/O-Emulsionen mit in dispergierter Form vorliegenden oberflächenbeschichteten Titandioxidpartikeln in Frage, wobei die Emulsionen durch Phaseninversionstechnologie, z.B. gemäß der in der DE-A-197 26 121 beschriebenen Technologie, erhältlich sind.As emulsions u.a. also O / W macroemulsions, O / W microemulsions or O / W / O emulsions having dispersed in surface-coated titanium dioxide particles, wherein the emulsions by phase inversion technology, e.g. according to the technology described in DE-A-197 26 121, are available.
Gebräuchliche Filmbildner sind beispielsweise Hydrocolloide wie Chitosan, mikrokristallines Chitosan oder quaterniertes Chitosan, Polyvinylpyrrolidon, Vinylpyrrolidon- Vinylacetat-Copolymerisate, Polymere der Acrylsäurereihe, quaternäre Cellulose- Derivate und ähnliche Verbindungen.Typical film formers are, for example, hydrocolloids such as chitosan, microcrystalline chitosan or quaternized chitosan, polyvinylpyrrolidone, vinylpyrrolidone-vinyl acetate copolymers, polymers of the acrylic acid series, quaternary cellulose derivatives and similar compounds.
Geeignete Lichtfilterwirkstoffe sind Stoffe, die UV-Strahlen im UV-B- und/oder UV-A- Bereich absorbieren. Darunter sind organische Substanzen zu verstehen, die in der Lage sind, ultraviolette Strahlen zu absorbieren und die aufgenommene Energie in Form längerwelliger Strahlung, z.B. Wärme, wieder abzugeben. Die organischen Sub- stanzen können öllöslich oder wasserlöslich sein. Geeignete UV-Filter sind z.B. 2,4,6- Triaryl-1 ,3,5- triazine, bei denen die Arylgruppen jeweils wenigstens einen Substituen- ten tragen können, der vorzugsweise ausgewählt ist unter Hydroxy, Alkoxy, speziell Methoxy, Alkoxycarbonyl, speziell Methoxycarbonyl und Ethoxycarbonyl. Geeignet sind weiterhin p-Aminobenzoesäureester, Zimtsäureester, Benzophenone, Campherderiva- te sowie UV-Strahlen abhaltende Pigmente, wie Titandioxid, Talkum und Zinkoxid. Besonders bevorzugt handelt es sich um Pigmente auf der Basis von Titandioxid.Suitable light filter active substances are substances which absorb UV rays in the UV-B and / or UV-A range. By this are meant organic substances capable of absorbing ultraviolet rays and absorbing the absorbed energy in the form of longer wavelength radiation, e.g. Heat, give it up again. The organic substances may be oil-soluble or water-soluble. Suitable UV filters are e.g. 2,4,6-triaryl-1, 3,5-triazines, in which the aryl groups can each carry at least one substituent, which is preferably selected from hydroxy, alkoxy, especially methoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, especially methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl. Also suitable are p-aminobenzoic acid esters, cinnamic acid esters, benzophenones, camphor derivatives and UV-blocking pigments, such as titanium dioxide, talc and zinc oxide. Particular preference is given to pigments based on titanium dioxide.
Im besonderen geeignet sind die auf den Seiten 36-39 der PCT Anmeldung mit dem Aktenzeichen PCT/EP2006/064264 offenbarten organischen und anorganischen UV- Filter. Auf den Ihnalt der genannten Textstelle wird hiermit in vollem Umfang Bezug genommen.Particularly suitable are the organic and inorganic UV filters disclosed on pages 36-39 of PCT Application Serial No. PCT / EP2006 / 064264. The content of the said text is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Geeignete Repellentwirkstoffe sind Verbindungen, die in der Lage sind, bestimmte Tiere, insbesondere Insekten, vom Menschen abzuhalten oder zu vertreiben. Dazu gehört z.B. 2-Ethyl-1 , 3-hexandiol, N, N-Diethyl-m-toluamid etc. Geeignete Wirkstoffe sind auf Seite 39 ab Zeile 25 der PCT Anmeldung mit dem Aktenzeichen PCT/EP2006/064264 genannt. Auf den Ihnalt der genannten Textstelle wird hiermit in vollem Umfang Bezug genommen.Suitable repellent agents are compounds capable of preventing or repelling certain animals, particularly insects, from humans. These include, for example, 2-ethyl-1, 3-hexanediol, N, N-diethyl-m-toluamide, etc. Suitable active ingredients are on page 39 from line 25 of the PCT application with the file reference PCT / EP2006 / 064264 called. The content of the said text is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Die erfindungsgemäßen Dermokosmetika können als kosmetischen und/oder pharma- zeutischen Wirkstoff (wie auch gegebenenfalls als Hilfsstoff) wenigstens ein kosmetisch oder pharmazeutisch akzeptables Polymer enthalten. Dazu zählen ganz allgemein kationische, amphotere und neutrale Polymere.The dermocosmetics according to the invention can contain at least one cosmetically or pharmaceutically acceptable polymer as cosmetic and / or pharmaceutical active substance (as well as optionally as adjuvant). These include, in general, cationic, amphoteric and neutral polymers.
Geeignete Polymere sind z.B. kationische Polymere mit der Bezeichnung Polyquater- nium nach INCI, z.B. Copolymere aus Vinylpyrrolidon/N-Vinylimidazoliumsalzen, Copo- lymere aus N-Vinylpyrrolidon/Dimethylaminoethylmethacrylat, quaternisiert mit Diethyl- sulfat (Luviquat PQ 1 1), Copolymere aus N-Vinylcaprolactam/N-Vinylpyrrolidon /N- Vinyl-imidazoliumsalzen (Luviquat E Hold), kationische Cellulosederivate (Polyquater- nium-4 und -10), Acrylamidocopolymere (Polyquaternium-7) und Chitosan.Suitable polymers are e.g. cationic polymers called polyquaternium according to INCI, e.g. Copolymers of vinylpyrrolidone / N-vinylimidazolium salts, copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone / dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, quaternized with diethyl sulfate (Luviquat PQ 11), copolymers of N-vinylcaprolactam / N-vinylpyrrolidone / N-vinylimidazolium salts (Luviquat E Hold) , cationic cellulose derivatives (polyquaternium-4 and -10), acrylamidocopolymers (polyquaternium-7) and chitosan.
Geeignete Polymere sind auf den Seiten 40 (ab Zeile 15) bis 41 (bis Zeile 9) der PCT Anmeldung mit dem Aktenzeichen PCT/EP2006/064264 genannt. Auf den Ihnalt der genannten Textstellen wird hiermit in vollem Umfang Bezug genommen.Suitable polymers are mentioned on pages 40 (from line 15) to 41 (to line 9) of the PCT application with the file reference PCT / EP2006 / 064264. The content of the said text is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Vorteilhaft ist es auch, die Wirkstoffe aus der Gruppe der rückfettenden Substanzen zu wählen, beispielsweise Purcellinöl, Eucerit® und Neocerit®.It is also advantageous to choose the active ingredients from the group of refatting substances, for example PurCellin, Eucerit ® and Neocerit® ®.
Besonders vorteilhaft werden der oder die Wirkstoffe ferner gewählt aus der Gruppe der NO-Synthasehemmer, insbesondere wenn die erfindungsgemäßen Zubereitungen zur Behandlung und Prophylaxe der Symptome der intrinsischen und/oder extrinsi- schen Hautalterung sowie zur Behandlung und Prophylaxe der schädlichen Auswirkungen ultravioletter Strahlung auf die Haut und die Haare dienen sollen. Bevorzugter NO-Synthasehemmer ist Nitroarginin.The active ingredient (s) are furthermore advantageously selected from the group of NO synthase inhibitors, in particular when the preparations according to the invention are used for the treatment and prophylaxis of the symptoms of intrinsic and / or extrinsic skin aging and for the treatment and prophylaxis of the harmful effects of ultraviolet radiation on the skin and the hair should serve. Preferred NO synthase inhibitor is nitroarginine.
Weiter vorteilhaft werden der oder die Wirkstoffe gewählt aus der Gruppe umfassend Catechine und Gallensäureester von Catechinen und wässrige bzw. organische Extrakte aus Pflanzen oder Pflanzenteilen, die einen Gehalt an Catechinen oder Gallen- säureestern von Catechinen aufweisen. Derartige Wirkstoffe und Extrakte können der Seite 42 ab Zeile 4 und der Seite 43 bis Zeile 25 der PCT Anmeldung mit dem Akten- zeichen PCT/EP2006/064264 entnommen werden. Auf den Ihnalt der genannten Textstellen wird hiermit in vollem Umfang Bezug genommen.Further advantageously, the active substance (s) are selected from the group comprising catechins and bile acid esters of catechins and aqueous or organic extracts from plants or plant parts which have a content of catechins or bile acid esters of catechins. Such active substances and extracts can be found on page 42 from line 4 and page 43 to line 25 of the PCT application with the file reference PCT / EP2006 / 064264. The content of the said text is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Außerdem können die Wirkstoffe (eine oder mehrere Verbindungen) auch sehr vorteilhaft gewählt werden aus der Gruppe der hydrophilen Wirkstoffe, insbesondere aus folgender Gruppe: α-Hydroxysäuren wie Milchsäure oder Salicylsäure bzw. deren Salze wie z.B. Na- Lactat, Ca-Lactat, TEA-Lactat, Harnstoff, Allantoin, Serin, Sorbitol, Glycerin, Milchproteine, Panthenol, Chitosan.In addition, the active compounds (one or more compounds) can also be chosen very advantageously from the group of hydrophilic active substances, in particular from the following group: α-hydroxy acids such as lactic acid or salicylic acid or salts thereof such as Na lactate, Ca lactate, TEA lactate, urea, allantoin, serine, sorbitol, glycerol, milk proteins, panthenol, chitosan.
Die Liste der genannten Inhaltstoffe, die in den erfindungsgemäßen Zubereitungen verwendet werden können, soll selbstverständlich nicht als abschließend oder limitierend betrachtet werden. Die Inhaltsstoffe können einzelnen oder in beliebigen Kombinationen miteinander verwendet werden.It goes without saying that the list of the stated ingredients which can be used in the preparations according to the invention should not be regarded as conclusive or limiting. The ingredients may be used alone or in any combination with each other.
Nach einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform handelt es sich bei den erfindungsgemäßen Dermoksometika um Hautreinigungsmittel, Haarbehandlungsmittel, Nagelpflegemittel oder Zubereitungen für die dekorative Kosmetik wie Sie auf den Seiten 45 (ab Zeile 15) bis 49 (bis Zeile 35) (Hautreinigungsmittel) und den Seiten 49 (ab Zeile 37) bis 53 (bis Zeile 42) (Haarbehandlungsmittel) der PCT Anmeldung mit dem Aktenzeichen PCT/EP2006/064264 beschrieben sind. Auf den Ihnalt der genannten Textstellen wird hiermit in vollem Umfang Bezug genommen.According to a preferred embodiment, the dermocosmetics according to the invention are skin cleansers, hair treatment agents, nail care products or preparations for decorative cosmetics, as described on pages 45 (from line 15) to 49 (to line 35) (skin cleanser) and pages 49 (ab Line 37) to 53 (to line 42) (hair treatment agent) of the PCT Application Serial No. PCT / EP2006 / 064264. The content of the said text is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Geeignete hautkosmetische Mittel sind ferner z.B. Gesichtswässer, Gesichtsmasken, Deodorantien und andere kosmetische Lotionen. Mittel für die Verwendung in der de- korativen Kosmetik umfassen beispielsweise Abdeckstifte, Theaterfarben, Mascara und Lidschatten, Lippenstifte, Kajalstifte, Eyeliner, Rouges, Puder und Augenbrauenstifte.Suitable skin cosmetic agents are also e.g. Face lotions, face masks, deodorants and other cosmetic lotions. Means for use in decorative cosmetics include, for example, masking pens, theatrical paints, mascara and eye shadows, lipsticks, kohl pencils, eyeliners, blushes, powders, and eyebrow pencils.
Ausserdem können die genannten Verbindungen gemäß der Formeln 1 verwendet werden in Nose-Strips zur Porenreinigung, in Antiaknemitteln, Repellents, Rasiermitteln, After- und Pre Shave Pflegemittel, After Sun Pflegemittel, Haarentfernungsmitteln, Haarfärbenitteln, Intimpflegemitteln, Fusspflegemitteln sowie in der Babypflege.In addition, the compounds according to the formulas 1 can be used in pore cleansing nose strips, in anti-acne agents, repellents, shaving agents, after- and pre-shave care products, after-sun care products, hair-removing preparations, hair dyeing preparations, personal care products, foot care products and in baby care.
Im Regelfall wird die haarkosmetische oder hautkosmetische Zubereitung zur Applika- tion auf der Haut (topisch) oder Haar verwendet. Unter topischen Zubereitungen sind dabei solche Zubereitungen zu verstehen, die dazu geeignet sind, die Wirkstoffe in feiner Verteilung und bevorzugt in einer durch die Haut resorbierbaren Form auf die Haut aufzubringen. Hierfür eignen sich z.B. wässrige und wässrig-alkoholische Lösungen, Sprays, Schäume, Schaumaerosole, Salben, wässrige Gele, Emulsionen vom O/W- oder W/O-Typ, Mikroemulsionen oder kosmetische Stiftpräparate.As a rule, the hair cosmetic or skin cosmetic preparation is used for application to the skin (topically) or hair. Topical preparations are to be understood as meaning those preparations which are suitable for applying the active ingredients to the skin in fine distribution and preferably in a form absorbable by the skin. For this purpose, e.g. aqueous and aqueous-alcoholic solutions, sprays, foams, foam aerosols, ointments, aqueous gels, emulsions of the O / W or W / O type, microemulsions or cosmetic stick preparations.
Nach einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform des erfindungsgemäßen kosmetischen Mittels enthält das Mittel einen Träger. Bevorzugt als Träger ist Wasser, ein Gas, eine Wasser-basierte Flüssigkeit, ein Öl, ein Gel, eine Emulsion oder Mikroemulsion, eine Dispersion oder eine Mischung davon. Die genannten Träger zeigen eine gute Haut- Verträglichkeit. Besonders vorteilhaft für topische Zubereitungen sind wässrige Gele, Emulsionen oder Mikroemulsionen.According to a preferred embodiment of the cosmetic agent according to the invention, the agent contains a carrier. Preferred as a carrier is water, a gas, a water-based liquid, an oil, a gel, an emulsion or microemulsion, a dispersion or a mixture thereof. The mentioned carriers show a good skin Compatibility. Particularly advantageous for topical preparations are aqueous gels, emulsions or microemulsions.
Ein weiterer Erfindungsgegenstand betrifft die Verwendung der erfindungsgemäßen Verbindungen der allgemeinen Formel 1 , bevorzugt 4-Phenyl-6-methyl-1 ,3- dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 4-Benzyl-6-isopropyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 4-Dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 2-(Hydroxymethyl)- 3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid, 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin, 3-Hydroxypicolinsäureamid, 3- Hydroxy-2-methylchinolin-4-carbonsäure oder 6-Methylpyridin-3-ol, besonders bevorzugt 4-Dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 2- (Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid, 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin und 3- Hydroxypicolinsäureamid, ganz besonders bevorzugt 4-Dimethlyaminomethyl-6- methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 2-(Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin- hydrochlorid oder 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin, am allermeisten bevorzugt 2-(Hydroxymethyl)- 3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid oder 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin als Zusatz zur Herstellung der oben beschriebenen erfindungsgemäßen Dermokosmetika, vorzugsweise handelt es sich dabei um Hautschutzmittel, Hautpflegemittel, Hautreinigungsmittel, Haarschutzmittel, Haarpflegemittel, Haarreinigungsmittel oder in Zubereitungen für die dekorative Kosmetik.Another subject of the invention relates to the use of the compounds of the general formula 1 according to the invention, preferably 4-phenyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-benzyl-6-isopropyl-1 , 3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3 hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, 3-hydroxy-2-methylquinoline-4-carboxylic acid or 6-methylpyridin-3-ol, more preferably 4-dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine and 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, most preferably 4-dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1, 3 dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride or 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, most preferably 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride or 2,3 Dihydroxypyridine as an additive to the preparation of the above-described he Dermocosmetics according to the invention, preferably these are skin protection agents, skin care products, skin cleansing agents, hair protection agents, hair care products, hair cleaners or in preparations for decorative cosmetics.
Ein weiterer Erfindungsgegenstand ist die Verwendung der erfindungsgemäßen Verbindungen der allgemeinen Formel 1 , bevorzugt 4-Phenyl-6-methyl-1 ,3- dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 4-Benzyl-6-isopropyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 4-Dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 2-(Hydroxymethyl)- 3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid, 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin, 3-Hydroxypicolinsäureamid, 3- Hydroxy-2-methylchinolin-4-carbonsäure oder 6-Methylpyridin-3-ol, besonders bevorzugt 4-Dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 2- (Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid, 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin und 3- Hydroxypicolinsäureamid, ganz besonders bevorzugt 4-Dimethlyaminomethyl-6- methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 2-(Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin- hydrochlorid oder 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin, am allermeisten bevorzugt 2-(Hydroxymethyl)- 3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid oder 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin in Dermokosmetika oder kosmetischen Mitteln zur Stabilisierung der oben genannten licht- und/oder oxidationsemp- findlichen dermatologisch/pharmazeutisch aktiven Wirkstoffe, vorzugsweise zur Verhinderung von durch Radikale hervorgerufene Schädigungen/Inaktivierungen der akti- ven Wirkstoffe, mit der Folge, dass die Haltbarkeit oder Verwendungsdauer der kosmetischen oder dermokosmetischen Mittel gesteigert wird.Another subject of the invention is the use of the compounds of general formula 1 according to the invention, preferably 4-phenyl-6-methyl-1, 3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-benzyl-6-isopropyl-1 , 3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3 hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, 3-hydroxy-2-methylquinoline-4-carboxylic acid or 6-methylpyridin-3-ol, more preferably 4-dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine and 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, most preferably 4-dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1, 3 dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride or 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, most preferably 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride or 2,3 Dihydroxypyridine in dermocosmetics or cosmetic preparations for stabilization tion of the abovementioned light- and / or oxidation-sensitive dermatologically / pharmaceutically active substances, preferably for preventing radical-induced damage / inactivation of the active ingredients, with the result that the shelf life or duration of use of the cosmetic or dermocosmetic agents is increased ,
Vorzugsweise werden die oben genannten Verbindungen zur Steigerung der Haltbarkeit oder Verwendungsdauer von in Hautschutzmitteln, Hautpflegemitteln, Hautreini- gungsmitteln, Haarschutzmitteln, Haarpflegemitteln, Haarreinigungsmitteln oder in Zu- bereitungen für die dekorative Kosmetik vorhandenen kosmetischen oder dermokos- metischen Wirkstoffen/Inhaltsstoffen eingesetzt.Preferably, the abovementioned compounds are used to increase the shelf life or duration of use of in skin protection agents, skin care preparations, skin cleansing preparations, hair protection preparations, hair care preparations, hair cleansing preparations or in preparations for decorative cosmetics used existing cosmetic or dermocemetic agents / ingredients.
Eine weitere bevorzugte Ausführungsform der vorliegenden Erfindung betrifft die Ver- wendung der erfindungsgemäßen Verbindungen der allgemeinen Formel 1 , bevorzugt 4-Phenyl-6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 4-Benzyl-6-isopropyl-1 ,3- dihydrofuro [3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 4-Dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4- c]pyridin-7-ol, 2-(Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid, 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin, 3-Hydroxypicolinsäureamid, 3-Hydroxy-2-methylchinolin-4-carbonsäure oder 6- Methylpyridin-3-ol, besonders bevorzugt 4-Dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1 ,3- dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 2-(Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid, 2,3- Dihydroxypyridin und 3-Hydroxypicolinsäureamid, ganz besonders bevorzugt 4- Dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 2-(Hydroxymethyl)-3- hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid oder 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin, am allermeisten bevorzugt 2- (Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid oder 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin in Dermo- kosmetika zur Vermeidung oder Verminderung von durch Radikale hervorgerufene Schädigungen von Haut oder Haar. Die erfindungsgemäße Verwendung der oben genannten Verbindungen in Dermokosmetika bietet u.a. einen Schutz vor Schäden, die durch UV-Strahlung oder durch reaktive Verbindungen hervorgerufene Prozesse direkt oder indirekt verursacht werden, wie z.B. der Hautalterung, dem Verlust der Hautfeuchtigkeit, dem Verlust der Hautelastizität, der Bildung von Falten oder Runzeln oder von Pigmentstörungen und Altersflecken oder sprödem, glanzlosem und unelastischem Haar. Eine weitere bevorzugte Ausführungsform der vorliegenden Erfindung betrifft die Ver- wendung der erfindungsgemäßen Verbindungen der allgemeinen Formel 1 , bevorzugt 4-Phenyl-6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 4-Benzyl-6-isopropyl-1 ,3- dihydrofuro [3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 4-Dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4- c]pyridin-7-ol, 2-(Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid, 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin, 3-Hydroxypicolinsäureamid, 3-Hydroxy-2-methylchinolin-4-carbonsäure oder 6- Methylpyridin-3-ol, besonders bevorzugt 4-Dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1 ,3- dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 2-(Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid, 2,3- Dihydroxypyridin und 3-Hydroxypicolinsäureamid, ganz besonders bevorzugt 4- Dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 2-(Hydroxymethyl)-3- hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid oder 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin, am allermeisten bevorzugt 2- (Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid oder 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin in Dermokosmetika zur Verbesserung des Erscheinungsbildes der Haut und/oder der Haare.A further preferred embodiment of the present invention relates to the use of the compounds of general formula 1 according to the invention, preferably 4-phenyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-benzyl 6-isopropyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2 - (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, 3-hydroxy-2-methylquinoline-4-carboxylic acid or 6-methylpyridin-3-ol, more preferably 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl -1, 3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine and 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, most preferably 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6- Methyl-1, 3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride or 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, most preferably 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride or 2,3-dihydroxypyridine in dermocosmet ika for the prevention or reduction of radical-induced damage to the skin or hair. The use according to the invention of the abovementioned compounds in dermocosmetics offers i.a. protection against damage caused directly or indirectly by processes caused by UV radiation or by reactive compounds, e.g. skin aging, loss of skin hydration, loss of skin elasticity, formation of wrinkles or wrinkles or pigmentation and age spots or brittle, dull and inelastic hair. A further preferred embodiment of the present invention relates to the use of the compounds of general formula 1 according to the invention, preferably 4-phenyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-benzyl 6-isopropyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2 - (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, 3-hydroxy-2-methylquinoline-4-carboxylic acid or 6-methylpyridin-3-ol, more preferably 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl -1, 3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine and 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, most preferably 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6- Methyl-1, 3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride or 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, most preferably 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride or 2,3-dihydroxypyridine in dermocosmetics a to improve the appearance of the skin and / or hair.
Ferner betrifft die Erfindung die Verwendung einer Verbindung gemäß Formel 1 , bevorzugt 4-Phenyl-6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 4-Benzyl-6-isopropyl-1 ,3- dihydrofuro [3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 4-Dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4- c]pyridin-7-ol, 2-(Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid, 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin, 3-Hydroxypicolinsäureamid, 3-Hydroxy-2-methylchinolin-4-carbonsäure oder 6- Methylpyridin-3-ol, besonders bevorzugt 4-Dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1 ,3- dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 2-(Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid, 2,3- Dihydroxypyridin und 3-Hydroxypicolinsäureamid, ganz besonders bevorzugt 4- Dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 2-(Hydroxymethyl)-3- hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid oder 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin, am allermeisten bevorzugt 2- (Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid oder 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin als Antioxi- dationsmittel in Dermokosmetika.Furthermore, the invention relates to the use of a compound according to formula 1, preferably 4-phenyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-benzyl-6-isopropyl-1,3 - dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, 3-hydroxy-2-methylquinoline-4-carboxylic acid or 6-methylpyridin-3-ol, more preferably 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridine-7 ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine and 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, most preferably 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridine-7 -ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride or 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, most preferably 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride or 2,3-dihydroxypyridine as Antioxi- dationsmittel in dermocosmetics.
Des Weiteren bieten die erfindungsgemäßen Verbindungen der allgemeinen Formel 1 , bevorzugt 4-Phenyl-6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 4-Benzyl-6-isopropyl- 1 ,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 4-Dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1 ,3- dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 2-(Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid, 2,3- Dihydroxypyridin, 3-Hydroxypicolinsäureamid, 3-Hydroxy-2-methylchinolin-4- carbonsäure oder 6-Methylpyridin-3-ol, besonders bevorzugt 4-Dimethlyaminomethyl- 6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 2-(Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin- hydrochlorid, 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin und 3-Hydroxypicolinsäureamid, ganz besonders bevorzugt 4-Dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 2- (Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid oder 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin, am aller- meisten bevorzugt 2-(Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid oder 2,3- Dihydroxypyridin in haarkosmetischen Zubereitungen einen Schutz gegen vorzeitige Alterungsprozeße der menschlichen Haare und können somit als Wirkstoffe bei der kosmetischen Behandlung von sprödem, glanzlosem und unelastischem Haar eingesetzt werden.Furthermore, the compounds according to the invention of the general formula 1, preferably 4-phenyl-6-methyl-1, 3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-benzyl-6-isopropyl-1, 3- dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, 3-hydroxy-2-methylquinoline-4-carboxylic acid or 6-methylpyridin-3-ol, more preferably 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3, 4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine and 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, most preferably 4-dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3 , 4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride or 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, most preferably 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride or 2,3- Dihydroxypyridine in hair cosmetic preparations protects against premature aging of me hair and can thus be used as active ingredients in the cosmetic treatment of brittle, dull and inelastic hair.
Zur Anwendung werden die erfindungsgemäßen kosmetischen Zubereitungen in der für Kosmetika oder Dermokosmetika üblichen Weise auf die Haut oder Haare aufgebracht.For use, the cosmetic preparations according to the invention are applied to the skin or hair in the manner customary for cosmetics or dermocosmetics.
Die erfindungsgemäßen Dermokosmetika können wie oben beschreiben zusammengesetzt sein und zur vorbeugenden Behandlung, der Pflege und der Reinigung der Haut oder Haare bzw. als Schminkprodukt in der Kosmetik dienen. Für die erfindungsgemäße Verwendung der oben genannten Verbindungen zur Herstellung von Dermokosmetika, und/oder zur Stabilisierung von licht- und/oder oxidationsempfindlichen Substanzen in Dermokosmetika, und/oder zur Vermeidung von durch Radikale hervorgerufene Haut- und/oder Haarschädigungen, und/oder zur Verbesserung des Erscheinungsbildes der Haut und/oder der Haare und/oder als Antioxidationsmittel werden diese den dermokosmetischen Mitteln in einer Konzentration von 0,001 bis 30 Gewichtsprozent (Gew.-%), vorzugsweise 0,01 bis 0,1 Gew.-%, 0,1 bis 1 Gew.-% bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht des Mittels zugesetzt. In einer weiteren Ausführungsform der vorliegenden Erfindung können die erfindungsgemäß genannten Verbindun- gen in einer Konzentration von 1 bis 10 Gew.-%, vorzugsweise 2 bis 8 Gew.-%, 3 bis 7 Gew.-%, 4 bis 6 Gew.-% bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht des Mittels verwendet werden. In einer ebenfalls bevorzugten Ausführungsform können die erfindungsgemäß genannten Verbindungen in einer Konzentration von 10 bis 20 Gew.-%, vorzugsweise 1 1 bis 19 Gew.-%, 12 bis 18 Gew.-%, 13 bis 17 Gew.-%, 14 bis 16 Gew.-% bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht des Mittels verwendet werden. In einer darüberhinaus bevorzugten Ausführungsform der Erfindung können die erfindungsgemäß genannten Verbindungen in einer Konzentration von 20 bis 30 Gew.-%, vorzugsweise 21 bis 29 Gew.- %, 22 bis 28 Gew.-%, 23 bis 27 Gew.-%, 24 bis 26 Gew.-% bezogen auf das Gesamt- gewicht des Mittels verwendet werden.The dermocosmetics according to the invention can be composed as described above and serve for the preventative treatment, care and cleansing of the skin or hair or as make-up product in cosmetics. For the inventive use of the abovementioned compounds for the production of dermocosmetics, and / or for the stabilization of photosensitive and / or oxidation-sensitive substances in dermocosmetics, and / or for the prevention of radical-induced skin and / or hair damage, and / or for improvement the appearance of the skin and / or hair and / or as an antioxidant, these are the dermocosmetic agents in a concentration of 0.001 to 30 weight percent (wt .-%), preferably 0.01 to 0.1 wt .-%, 0.1 to 1 wt .-% based on the total weight of the agent added. In a further embodiment of the present invention, the compounds according to the invention can be in a concentration of 1 to 10 wt .-%, preferably 2 to 8 wt .-%, 3 to 7 wt .-%, 4 to 6 wt .-%, based on the total weight of the agent used. In a likewise preferred embodiment, the compounds according to the invention may be present in a concentration of from 10 to 20% by weight, preferably from 1 to 19% by weight, from 12 to 18% by weight, from 13 to 17% by weight, from 14 to 16 wt .-% based on the total weight of the agent can be used. In a furthermore preferred embodiment of the invention, the compounds according to the invention may be used in a concentration of 20 to 30% by weight, preferably 21 to 29% by weight, 22 to 28% by weight, 23 to 27% by weight, 24 to 26 wt .-% based on the total weight of the agent can be used.
Experimentelle BeispieleExperimental examples
Die folgenden Beispiele werden offenbart um bevorzugte Ausführungsformen der vorliegenden Erfindung zu illustrieren. Diese Beispiele sind nicht als abschließend oder den Erfindungsgegestand limitierend zu betrachten.The following examples are disclosed to illustrate preferred embodiments of the present invention. These examples are not to be considered as limiting or limiting the invention.
In der experimentellen Beschreibung werden folgende Abkürzungen verwendet:In the experimental description, the following abbreviations are used:
(2-Amino-2-Methyl-Propanol) AMP, (Ethylendiamintetraessigsäure) EDTA, , (1 ,1- Difluorethan) HFC 152, (International Nomenclature of Cosmetic Ingredients) INCI, (Minuten) min., (Öl/Wasser) O/W, (Polyethylenglykol) PEG-25, (quantum satis) q.s, (Vinylpyrrolidone) VP, (Wasser/Öl) W/O, (Wirkstoff) WS, (Polyvinylpyrrolydone) PVP.(2-amino-2-methyl-propanol) AMP, (ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid) EDTA,, (1, 1-difluoroethane) HFC 152, (International Nomenclature of Cosmetic Ingredients) INCI, (minutes) min., (Oil / water) O / W, (polyethylene glycol) PEG-25, (quantum satis) qs, (vinylpyrrolidones) VP, (water / oil) W / O, (active ingredient) WS, (polyvinylpyrrolydone) PVP.
Die nachfolgenden Beispiele sollen die Erfindung veranschaulichen, ohne sie jedoch einzuschränkenThe following examples are intended to illustrate the invention without, however, limiting it
I. HerstellungsbeispieleI. Preparation Examples
Beispiel 1 : 6-Methyl-4-phenyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-olExample 1: 6-Methyl-4-phenyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol
Die Herstellung erfolgte wie im Beispiel 2 der DE 2711656 beschrieben.The preparation was carried out as described in Example 2 of DE 2711656.
Beispiel 2: 4-Benzyl-6-isopropyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-olExample 2: 4-Benzyl-6-isopropyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol
Die Herstellung erfolgte wie im Beispiel 22 der DE 2711656 beschrieben.The preparation was carried out as described in Example 22 of DE 2711656.
Beispiel 3: 4-Dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol Die Herstellung erfolgte analog zu Beispiel 1.Example 3 4-Dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol The preparation was carried out analogously to Example 1.
II. AnwendungsbeispieleII. Application examples
Beispiel 4 Squalen-Test zur Simulation von oxidationempfindlichen kosmetischen Inhaltsstoffen unter oxidativen Bedingungen:Example 4 Squalene test for the simulation of oxidation-sensitive cosmetic ingredients under oxidative conditions:
Zum Nachweis einer verbesserten Schutzwirkung der Verbindungen gemäß Formel 1 im Vergleich zum bekannten Antioxidantien wurde ein Squalenoxidationstest durchgeführt. Im menschlichen Körper wird Squalen in der Leber produziert und zur Haut transportiert. Squalen macht bis zu 5% des in der menschlichen Haut vorhandenen Fett aus. Squalen ist empfindlich gegenüber radikalischer Oxidation durch atmosphärischen Sauerstoff. Aus diesem Grund ist Squalen sehr gut geeignet, sowohl die Haut- schutzwirkung als die auch Oxidationsschutzwirkung der Verbindungen gemäß Formel 1 zu belegen. Ferner wird durch diese Experimente belegt, dass oxidationsempfindli- che Substanzen durch Verwendung der Verbindugen gemäß Formel 1 im Verlgeich zu bekannten Antisoxidationsschutzmitteln über einen längeren Zeitraum vor der Inakti- vierung bzw. dem Verderben geschützt werden können.To demonstrate an improved protective effect of the compounds according to formula 1 in comparison with the known antioxidants, a squalene oxidation test was carried out. In the human body squalene is produced in the liver and transported to the skin. Squalene accounts for up to 5% of the fat present in human skin. Squalene is sensitive to radical oxidation by atmospheric oxygen. For this reason, squalene is very well suited to prove both the skin protection effect and the oxidation protection effect of the compounds according to formula 1. Furthermore, it is demonstrated by these experiments that oxidation-sensitive substances can be protected against inactivation or spoilage over a relatively long period of time by using the compounds according to formula 1 in comparison with known anti-oxidation protection agents.
In diesem Test wird Squalen in einem luftdichten Behälter in Anwesenheit jeweils einer Testsubstanz und Sauerstoff inkubiert. Der Behälter ist mit einem Druckmessgerät verbunden. Durch Zugabe von N-Hydroxyphthalimid und Cu-l-chlorid zu der Lösung wird die radikalische Oxidation induziert, welche mit einem Sauerstoffverbrauch ein- hergeht. Die Reduktion der Sauerstoffkonzentration wiederum hat einen Druckabfall in dem Behälter zur Folge, welcher durch das Druckmessgerät dokumentiert wird. Somit ist der Druckabfall in dem Behälter eine Funktion der radikalischen Oxidation der im Behälter vorliegenden Squalenmoleküle. Daraus folgt, dass die antioxidative Eigenschaft einer gegebenen Testsubstanz umgekehrt proportional ist zur Abnahme der Sauerstoffkonzentration oder dem daraus resultierenden Druckabfall im Behälter nach der Induktion der radikalischen Oxidation.In this test, squalene is incubated in an airtight container in the presence of one test substance each and oxygen. The container is connected to a pressure gauge. The addition of N-hydroxyphthalimide and Cu-1 chloride to the solution induces radical oxidation, which involves consumption of oxygen. The reduction of the oxygen concentration in turn results in a pressure drop in the container, which is documented by the pressure gauge. Thus, the pressure drop in the container is a function of the radical oxidation of squalene molecules present in the container. It follows that the antioxidant property of a given test substance is inversely proportional to the decrease in oxygen concentration or the resulting pressure drop in the container after the induction of radical oxidation.
Beim Vergleich der antioxidativen Eigenschaften (ermittelt durch den oben beschriebenen Test) ist es offensichtlich, dass α-CEHC im Vergleich mit den anderen Testsub- stanzen (α-Tocopherol, 2,5,7,8-Tetramethyl-2-carboxyl-6-Chromanol und 2,2,5,7,8- pentamethyl-6-chromanol) ein überragender Inhibitor der radikalischen Oxidation ist.When comparing the antioxidant properties (determined by the test described above), it is evident that α-CEHC, in comparison with the other test substances (α-tocopherol, 2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2-carboxyl-6 Chromanol and 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethyl-6-chromanol) is a prominent inhibitor of radical oxidation.
In einem Lagerexperiment von Squalen mit einer Radikalquelle aus Kupfer und Hydro- xyphthalimid wurde die Oxidation von Squalen unter Luft bei Raumtemperatur in Ge- genwart von Stabilisatoren untersucht. Squalen diente als Ersatz . Durch den Zusatz von Stabilisatoren ist es möglich, den Abbau von Squalen zu verhindern bzw. zu ver- langsamen. Der durch die Verwendung eines Stabilisators verlangsamte Abbau von Squalen erlaubt die Beurteilung dieser Verbindungen als Antioxidationsmittel.In a storage experiment of squalene with a free radical source of copper and hydroxyphthalimide, the oxidation of squalene under air at room temperature was studied in the presence of stabilizers. Squalene served as a substitute. The addition of stabilizers makes it possible to prevent or reduce the breakdown of squalene. slow. The slowing down of squalene by the use of a stabilizer allows the evaluation of these compounds as antioxidants.
Im Experiment wurden zu einer Lösung von 5 g Squalen (12 mmol) in 5 g Acetonitril N-Hydroxyphthalimid (80 %, 126 mg), die zu untersuchende Verbindung (2,5 mg) sowie Kupfer(l)-chlorid (0,2 mg) gegeben. Der Kolben mit einem Volumen von etwa 1 ,15 I wurde verschlossen und der Sauerstoffverbrauch wurde über eine Druckmessdose (T ransmitter 0-1.6 bar, Alexander Wiegand GmbH, Deutschland) und einem Schreiber (Fa. Linseis, Deutschland) der Verlauf des Innendrucks bei 20 0C (termperiert) gemessen. Der Wert des Innendrucks wurde im Intervall von 30 Minuten erfasst. Die folgende Tabelle 1 zeigt den Verlauf der Sauerstoffaufnahme von Squalen in Gegenwart von Antioxidantien. Als Kontrolle diente eine Probe, die keinen Stabilisator enthielt.In the experiment, to a solution of 5 g squalene (12 mmol) in 5 g acetonitrile N-hydroxyphthalimide (80%, 126 mg), the compound to be tested (2.5 mg) and copper (I) chloride (0.2 mg). The flask with a volume of approximately 1.15 l was closed and the oxygen consumption was measured by means of a pressure cell (T ransmitter 0-1.6 bar, Alexander Wiegand GmbH, Germany) and a pen (Fa. Linseis, Germany) the course of the internal pressure at 20 0 C (termperiert) measured. The value of the internal pressure was detected in the interval of 30 minutes. The following Table 1 shows the course of oxygen uptake of squalene in the presence of antioxidants. The control was a sample containing no stabilizer.
Die folgenden erfindungsgemäß verwendeten Stabilisatoren der Formel I wurden untersucht:The following stabilizers of the formula I used according to the invention were investigated:
Testsubstanz 1 : 4-Phenyl-6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol Testsubstanz 2: 4-Benzyl-6-isopropyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol Testsubstanz 3: 4-Dimethylaminomethyl-6-metyhl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol Testsubstanz 4: 2-(Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-Hydrochlorid* Test substance 1: 4-Phenyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol Test substance 2: 4-Benzyl-6-isopropyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c ] pyridin-7-ol test substance 3: 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol test substance 4: 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride *
Testsubstanz 5: 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin* Testsubstanz 6: 3-Hydroxypicolinsäureamid* Testsubstanz 7: 3-Hydroxy-2-methylchinolin-4-carbonsäure* Testsubstanz 8: 6-Methylpyridin-3-ol* *: im Handel erhältlich, z. B. von Sigma-Aldrich, Deutschland.Test substance 5: 2,3-dihydroxypyridine * Test substance 6: 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide * Test substance 7: 3-hydroxy-2-methylquinoline-4-carboxylic acid * Test substance 8: 6-methylpyridin-3-ol * *: commercially available, e.g. From Sigma-Aldrich, Germany.
Als Vergleich dienten die folgenden Stabilisatoren: V1 : Vitamin EThe following stabilizers were used as comparison: V1: Vitamin E.
V2: lrganox®1010 der Fa. Ciba Speciality Chemicals, Schweiz, Pentaerythritoltetrakis- [3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-propionat]; V3: Ascorbylpalmitat V4: 2,6-Di-tert-butyl-p-kresol (BHT)V2: Irganox®1010 from Ciba Specialty Chemicals, Switzerland, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate]; V3: ascorbyl palmitate V4: 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol (BHT)
Tabelle 1 :Table 1 :
Figure imgf000030_0001
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000030_0001
Figure imgf000031_0001
Die Ergebnisse aus Tabelle 1 belegen, dass die erfindungsgemäß verwendeten Verbindungen 1 den oxidative Abbau von Squalen im Vergleich zu phenolischen Antioxi- dantien wie Vitamin E, Irganox® 1010 oder 2,6-Di-tert-butyl-p-kresol, oder Ascorbyl- palmitat verlangsamen.The results from Table 1 show that the compounds 1 used according to the invention reduce the oxidative degradation of squalene compared to phenolic antioxidants such as vitamin E, Irganox® 1010 or 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, or ascorbyl Slow palmitate.
Den Ergebnissen dieses Versuches kann entnommen werden, dass die Verbindungen der Formel 1 eine stabilisierenden Wirkung haben und Squalen vor der Oxidation schützen können. Da Squalen einen großen Anteil des Hautfettes ausmacht, ist dadurch auch ein direkter Beleg für eine hautschützende und hautbildverbessernde Wirkung und die dieser Verbindugen gegeben. Ferner ist gezeigt, dass die Verbindungen der Formel 1 eine in Bezug auf die eingesetzten Vergleichssubstanzen deutlich stärkere Oxidationsschäden-Inhibierende Wirkung aufweisen und somit besonders geeignet sind als Oxidatoinsinhibitoren in kosmetischen Zubereitungen eingesetzt zu werden. Dabei ist besonders bemerkenswert, dass einge der getesteten Verbindungen im Vergleich zu den anderen Oxidationsmitteln über einen langen Zeitraum einen fast vollständigen Oxidationsschutz bewirkenFrom the results of this experiment it can be seen that the compounds of formula 1 have a stabilizing effect and can protect squalene from oxidation. As squalene makes up a large proportion of the skin fat, this also provides direct evidence of a skin-protecting and skin-improving effect and of these compounds. Furthermore, it is shown that the compounds of the formula 1 have a significantly stronger oxidation damage-inhibiting effect with respect to the comparative substances used and are therefore particularly suitable for use as oxidant inhibitors in cosmetic preparations. It is particularly noteworthy that the tested compounds cause almost complete oxidation protection over a long period of time compared to the other oxidants
Der Fachmann ist sich natürlich bewusst, dass die für Squalen ermittelten Ergebnisse auf andere oxidationsempfindliche Hautbestandteile und Inhaltsstoffe kosmetischer Zubereitungen übertragen werden kann.The person skilled in the art is, of course, aware that the results obtained for squalene can be transferred to other oxidation-sensitive skin constituents and ingredients of cosmetic preparations.
In den folgenden Anwendungsbeispielen wurde erfindungsgemäß die Verbindungen 2- (Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-Hydrochlorid zur Herstellung von Dermokosmetika verwendet. Im Folgenden wird diese Verbindung als Testsubstanz 4 bezeichnet .In the following application examples, the compounds 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride was used according to the invention for the production of dermocosmetics. In the following, this compound is referred to as test substance 4.
Beispiel 5: Verwendung der Testsubstanz 4 in einer Emulsion zur Tagespflege - Typ O/WExample 5: Use of the test substance 4 in a day care emulsion - type O / W
Wirkstoff [WS] 1 %: Testsubstanz 4 % Inhaltsstoff (INCI)Active substance [WS] 1%: test substance 4 % Ingredient (INCI)
A 1 ,7 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl AlcoholA 1, 7 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
0,7 Ceteareth-250.7 Ceteareth-25
2,0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate2.0 diethylamino hydroxybenzoyl hexyl benzoate
2,0 PEG-14 Dimethicone2.0 PEG-14 Dimethicone
3,6 Cetearyl Alcohol3.6 Cetearyl Alcohol
6,0 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate6.0 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate
2,0 Dibutyl Adipate2.0 dibutyl adipate
B 5,0 GlycerinB 5.0 glycerin
0,2 Disodium EDTA0.2% disodium EDTA
1 ,0 Panthenol q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 panthenol q.s. preservative
67,8 Aqua dem.67.8 Aqua the.
C 4,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Acrylates CopolymerC 4.0 Caprylic / Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Acrylate Copolymer
D 0,2 Sodium Ascorbyl PhosphateD 0.2 Sodium Ascorbyl Phosphate
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,2 Bisabolol0.2 bisabolol
1 ,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Ascorbate, Tocopherol, Retinol1, 0 Caprylic / Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Ascorbate, Tocopherol, Retinol
1 ,0 1 % Testsubstanz 41, 0 1% test substance 4
E q.s. Sodium HydroxideE q.s. Sodium hydroxides
WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4WS 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 1 ,7 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl AlcoholA 1, 7 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
0,7 Ceteareth-250.7 Ceteareth-25
2,0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate2.0 diethylamino hydroxybenzoyl hexyl benzoate
2,0 PEG-14 Dimethicone2.0 PEG-14 Dimethicone
3,6 Cetearyl Alcohol3.6 Cetearyl Alcohol
6,0 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate6.0 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate
2,0 Dibutyl Adipate2.0 dibutyl adipate
B 5,0 GlycerinB 5.0 glycerin
0,2 Disodium EDTA0.2% disodium EDTA
1 ,0 Panthenol q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 panthenol q.s. preservative
63,8 Aqua dem.63.8 Aqua the.
C 4,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Acrylates CopolymerC 4.0 Caprylic / Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Acrylate Copolymer
D 0,2 Sodium Ascorbyl PhosphateD 0.2 Sodium Ascorbyl Phosphate
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,2 Bisabolol0.2 bisabolol
1 ,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Ascorbate, Tocopherol, Retinol 5,0 5% Testsubstanz 4 E q.s. Sodium Hydroxide1, 0 Caprylic / Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Ascorbate, Tocopherol, Retinol 5.0 5% test substance 4 E qs Sodium Hydroxide
Herstellung: Die Phasen A und B getrennt voneinander auf ca. 800C erwärmen. Phase B in Phase A einrühren und homogenisieren. Phase C in die kombinierten Phasen A und B einrühren und nochmals homogenisieren. Unter Rühren auf ca. 400C abkühlen, Phase D zugeben, den pH-Wert mit Phase E auf etwa 6.5 einstellen, homogenisieren und unter Rühren auf Raumtemperatur abkühlen.Preparation: Heat phases A and B separately from each other to about 80 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A and homogenize. Stir phase C into combined phases A and B and homogenize again. Cool to about 40 ° C. with stirring, add phase D, adjust the pH to about 6.5 with phase E, homogenize and cool to room temperature while stirring.
Hinweis: Die Formulierung wird ohne Schutzgas hergestellt. Die Abfüllung muß in sauerstoffundurchlässige Verpackungen, z.B. Aluminiumtuben erfolgen.Note: The formulation is produced without inert gas. The filling must be in oxygen-impermeable packaging, e.g. Aluminum tubes take place.
Beispiel 6: Verwendung der Testsubstanz 4 in einer schützenden Tagescreme - TypExample 6: Use of the test substance 4 in a protective day cream type
O/W rO / W r
WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4WS 1%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 1 ,7 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl AlcoholA 1, 7 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
0,7 Ceteareth-250.7 Ceteareth-25
2,0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate2.0 diethylamino hydroxybenzoyl hexyl benzoate
2,0 PEG-14 Dimethicone2.0 PEG-14 Dimethicone
3,6 Cetearyl Alcohol3.6 Cetearyl Alcohol
6,0 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate6.0 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate
2,0 Dibutyl Adipate2.0 dibutyl adipate
B 5,0 GlycerinB 5.0 glycerin
0,2 Disodium EDTA0.2% disodium EDTA
1 ,0 Panthenol q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 panthenol q.s. preservative
68,6 Aqua dem.68.6 Aqua the.
C 4,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Acrylates CopolymerC 4.0 Caprylic / Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Acrylate Copolymer
D 1 ,0 Sodium Ascorbyl PhosphateD 1, 0 Sodium ascorbyl phosphates
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,2 Bisabolol0.2 bisabolol
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 41, 0 test substance 4
E q.s. Sodium HydroxideE q.s. Sodium hydroxides
WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4WS 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 1 ,7 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl AlcoholA 1, 7 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
0,7 Ceteareth-250.7 Ceteareth-25
2,0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate2.0 diethylamino hydroxybenzoyl hexyl benzoate
2,0 PEG-14 Dimethicone 3,6 Cetearyl Alcohol2.0 PEG-14 Dimethicone 3.6 Cetearyl Alcohol
6,0 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate6.0 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate
2,0 Dibutyl Adipate2.0 dibutyl adipate
B 5,0 GlycerinB 5.0 glycerin
0,2 Disodium EDTA0.2% disodium EDTA
1 ,0 Panthenol q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 panthenol q.s. preservative
64,6 Aqua dem.64.6 Aqua the.
C 4,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Acrylates CopolymerC 4.0 Caprylic / Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Acrylate Copolymer
D 1 ,0 Sodium Ascorbyl PhosphateD 1, 0 Sodium ascorbyl phosphates
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,2 Bisabolol0.2 bisabolol
5,0 Testsubstanz 45.0 test substance 4
E q.s. Sodium HydroxideE q.s. Sodium hydroxides
Herstellung: Die Phasen A und B getrennt voneinander auf ca. 800C erwärmen. Phase B in Phase A einrühren und homogenisieren. Phase C in die kombinierten Phasen A und B einarbeiten und homogenisieren. Unter Rühren auf ca. 400C abkühlen. Phase D hinzugeben, den pH-Wert mit Phase E auf ca. 6.5 einstellen und homogenisieren. Un- ter Rühren auf Raumtemperatur abkühlen.Preparation: Heat phases A and B separately from each other to about 80 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A and homogenize. Incorporate phase C into the combined phases A and B and homogenize. Cool to about 40 ° C. while stirring. Add phase D, adjust the pH to about 6.5 with phase E and homogenize. Cool to room temperature while stirring.
Beispiel 7: Verwendung der Testsubstanz 4 in einer Gesichtsreinigungslotion - TypExample 7: Use of the test substance 4 in a facial cleansing lotion - type
O/WO / W
WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4WS 1%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 10,0 Cetearyl EthylhexanoateA 10.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoate
10,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride10.0 Caprylic / Capric Triglycerides
1 ,5 Cyclopentasiloxane, Cyclohexasilosane1, 5 cyclopentasiloxanes, cyclohexasilosans
2,0 PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI2.0 PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI
B 3,5 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Acrylates CopolymerB3.5 Caprylic / Capric Triglycerides, Sodium Acrylates Copolymer
C 1 ,0 Tocopheryl AcetateC 1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,2 Bisabolol q.s. Konservierungsmittel q.s. Parfümöl0.2 bisabolol q.s. Preservatives q.s. perfume oil
D 3,0 Polyquaternium-44D 3.0 polyquaternium-44
0,5 Cocotrimonium Methosulfate0.5 cocotrimonium methosulfates
0,5 Ceteareth-250.5 ceteareth-25
2,0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol2.0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol
4,0 Propylene Glycol4.0 Propylene Glycol
0,1 Disodium EDTA 1 ,0 Testsubstanz 40.1% disodium EDTA 1, 0 test substance 4
60,7 Aqua dem.60.7 Aqua.
WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4WS 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 10,0 Cetearyl EthylhexanoateA 10.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoate
10,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride10.0 Caprylic / Capric Triglycerides
1 ,5 Cyclopentasiloxane, Cyclohexasilosane1, 5 cyclopentasiloxanes, cyclohexasilosans
2,0 PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI2.0 PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI
B 3,5 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Acrylates CopolymerB3.5 Caprylic / Capric Triglycerides, Sodium Acrylates Copolymer
C 1 ,0 Tocopheryl AcetateC 1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,2 Bisabolol q.s. Konservierungsmittel q.s. Parfümöl0.2 bisabolol q.s. Preservatives q.s. perfume oil
D 3,0 Polyquaternium-44D 3.0 polyquaternium-44
0,5 Cocotrimonium Methosulfate0.5 cocotrimonium methosulfates
0,5 Ceteareth-250.5 ceteareth-25
2,0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol2.0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol
4,0 Propylene Glycol4.0 Propylene Glycol
0,1 Disodium EDTA0.1% disodium EDTA
5,0 Testsubstanz 45.0 test substance 4
56,7 Aqua dem.56.7 Aqua the.
Herstellung: Phase A lösen. Phase B in Phase A einrühren, Phase C in die kombinier- ten Phasen A und B einarbeiten. Phase D lösen, in die kombinierten Phasen A, B und C einrühren und homogenisieren. 15 min. nachrühren.Preparation: Release phase A. Stir phase B into phase A, incorporate phase C into combined phases A and B. Dissolve phase D, stir into the combined phases A, B and C and homogenize. 15 minutes. stirred.
Beispiel 8: Verwendung der Testsubstanz 4 in einem Daily Care Body SprayExample 8: Use of the test substance 4 in a Daily Care Body Spray
WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4 % Inhaltsstoff (INCI)WS 1%: test substance 4% ingredient (INCI)
A 3,0 Ethylhexyl MethoxycinnamateA 3.0 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate
2,0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate2.0 diethylamino hydroxybenzoyl hexyl benzoate
1 ,0 Polyquaternium-441, 0 Polyquaternium-44
3,0 Propylene Glycol 2,0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol3.0 Propylene Glycol 2.0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol
1 ,0 Cyclopentasiloxane, Cyclohexasiloxane1, 0 cyclopentasiloxanes, cyclohexasiloxanes
10,0 Octyldodecanol10.0 octyldodecanol
0,5 PVP0.5 PVP
10,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride 3,0 C12-15 Alkyl Benzoate10.0 Caprylic / Capric Triglycerides 3.0 C12-15 Alkyl Benzoates
3,0 Glycerin 1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate3.0 glycerin 1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,3 Bisabolol0.3 bisabolol
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 41, 0 test substance 4
59,2 Alcohol59.2 Alcohol
WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4WS 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 3,0 Ethylhexyl MethoxycinnamateA 3.0 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate
2,0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate2.0 diethylamino hydroxybenzoyl hexyl benzoate
1 ,0 Polyquaternium-441, 0 Polyquaternium-44
3,0 Propylene Glycol3.0 Propylene Glycol
2,0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol2.0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol
1 ,0 Cyclopentasiloxane, Cyclohexasiloxane1, 0 cyclopentasiloxanes, cyclohexasiloxanes
10,0 Octyldodecanol10.0 octyldodecanol
0,5 PVP0.5 PVP
10,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride10.0 Caprylic / Capric Triglycerides
3,0 C12-15 Alkyl Benzoate3.0 C12-15 alkyl benzoates
3,0 Glycerin3.0 glycerin
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,3 Bisabolol0.3 bisabolol
5,0 Testsubstanz 45.0 test substance 4
55,2 Alcohol55.2 Alcohol
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A einwiegen und klar lösen.Preparation: Weigh in the components of phase A and dissolve clearly.
Beispiel 9: Verwendung der Testsubstanz 4 in einem HautpflegegelExample 9: Use of the test substance 4 in a skin care gel
WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4WS 1%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 3,6 PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiIA 3.6 PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI
15,0 Alcohol15.0 Alcohol
0,1 Bisabolol0.1 bisabolol
0,5 Tocopheryl Acetate q.s. Parfümöl0.5 tocopheryl acetate q.s. perfume oil
B 3,0 PanthenolB 3.0 Panthenol
0,6 Carbomer0.6 carbomer
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 41, 0 test substance 4
75,4 Aqua dem,75.4 Aqua,
C 0,8 TriethanolamineC 0.8 triethanolamine
WS 5 %: Testsubstanz 4 % Inhaltsstoff (INCI)WS 5%: test substance 4 % Ingredient (INCI)
A 3,6 PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiIA 3.6 PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI
15,0 Alcohol15.0 Alcohol
0,1 Bisabolol0.1 bisabolol
0,5 Tocopheryl Acetate q.s. Parfümöl0.5 tocopheryl acetate q.s. perfume oil
B 3,0 PanthenolB 3.0 Panthenol
0,6 Carbomer0.6 carbomer
5,0 Testsubstanz 45.0 test substance 4
71 ,4 Aqua dem,71, 4 Aqua,
C 0,8 TriethanolamineC 0.8 triethanolamine
Herstellung: Die Phase A klar lösen. Phase B quellen lassen und mit Phase C neutralisieren. Phase A in die homogenisierte Phase B einrühren und homogenisieren.Preparation: Clear phase A clearly. Swell phase B and neutralize with phase C. Stir phase A into the homogenized phase B and homogenize.
Beispiel 10: Verwendung der Testsubstanz 4 in einer After Shave LotionExample 10: Use of the test substance 4 in an aftershave lotion
WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4WS 1%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI) A 10,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate% Ingredient (INCI) A 10.0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate
5,0 Tocopheryl Acetate5.0 tocopheryl acetates
1 ,0 Bisabolol1, 0 Bisabolol
0,1 Parfümöl0.1 perfume oil
0,3 Acrylates/CI 0-30 Alkyl Acrylate Crosspolymer B 15,0 Alcohol0.3 Acrylates / CI 0-30 Alkyl Acrylate Crosspolymer B 15.0 Alcohol
1 ,0 Panthenol1, 0 panthenol
3,0 Glycerin3.0 glycerin
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 41, 0 test substance 4
0,1 Triethanolamine 63,5 Aqua dem.0.1 triethanolamine 63.5 aqua dem.
WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4WS 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 10,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate 5,0 Tocopheryl AcetateA 10.0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate 5.0 Tocopheryl Acetates
1 ,0 Bisabolol1, 0 Bisabolol
0,1 Parfümöl0.1 perfume oil
0,3 Acrylate/C10-30 Alkyl Acrylate Crosspolymer0.3 acrylates / C10-30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymer
B 15,0 Alcohol 1 ,0 PanthenolB 15.0 Alcohol 1, 0 Panthenol
3,0 Glycerin 5,0 Testsubstanz 4 0,1 Triethanolamine 59,5 Aqua dem.3.0 glycerin 5.0 test substance 4 0.1 triethanolamine 59.5 aqua dem.
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen. Phase B lösen, in Phase A einarbeiten und homogenisieren.Preparation: Mix the components of phase A. Dissolve phase B, work in phase A and homogenize.
Beispiel 1 1 : Verwendung der Testsubstanz 4 in einer After Sun Lotion WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4Example 1 1: Use of the test substance 4 in an after-sun lotion WS 1%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 0,4 Acrylate/C 10-30 Alkyl Acrylate CrosspolymerA 0.4 acrylates / C 10-30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymer
15,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate15.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoates
0,2 Bisabolol 1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate q.s. Parfümöl0.2 bisabolol 1, 0 tocopheryl acetate q.s. perfume oil
B 1 ,0 PanthenolB 1, 0 panthenol
15,0 Alcohol15.0 Alcohol
3,0 Glycerin 1 ,0 Testsubstanz 43.0 glycerol 1, 0 test substance 4
63,2 Aqua dem,63.2 Aqua,
C 0,2 TriethanolamineC 0.2 triethanolamine
WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4 % Inhaltsstoff (INCI)WS 5%: test substance 4% ingredient (INCI)
A 0,4 Acrylate/C 10-30 Alkyl Acrylate CrosspolymerA 0.4 acrylates / C 10-30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymer
15,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate15.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoates
0,2 Bisabolol0.2 bisabolol
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate q.s. Parfümöl1, 0 tocopheryl acetate q.s. perfume oil
B 1 ,0 PanthenolB 1, 0 panthenol
15,0 Alcohol15.0 Alcohol
3,0 Glycerin3.0 glycerin
5,0 Testsubstanz 4 59,2 Aqua dem,5.0 test substance 4 59.2 Aqua dem,
C 0,2 TriethanolamineC 0.2 triethanolamine
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen. Phase B unter Homogenisieren in Phase A einrühren. Mit Phase C neutralisieren und erneut homogenisieren.Preparation: Mix the components of phase A. Stir phase B into phase A while homogenizing. Neutralize with Phase C and homogenize again.
Beispiel 12: Verwendung der Testsubstanz 4 in einer Sonnenschutzlotion WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4Example 12: Use of the test substance 4 in a sunscreen lotion WS 1%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 4,5 Ethylhexyl MethoxycinnamateA 4,5 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate
2,0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate 3,0 Octocrylene2.0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate 3.0 Octocrylene
2,5 Di-C12-13 Alkyl Malate2.5 di-C12-13 alkyl malates
0,5 Tocopheryl Acetate0.5 tocopheryl acetate
4,0 Polyglyceryl-3 Methyl Glucose Distearate4.0 polyglyceryl-3 methyl glucose distearate
B 3,5 Cetearyl Isononanoat 1 ,0 VP/Eicosene CopolymerB 3.5 Cetearyl isononanoate 1, 0 VP / eicosene copolymer
5,0 Isohexadecan5.0 isohexadecane
2,5 Di-CI 2-13 Alkyl Malate2.5% Di-CI 2-13 alkyl malate
3,0 Titanium Dioxide, Trimethoxycaprylylsilane3.0 Titanium dioxides, trimethoxycaprylylsilanes
C 5,0 Glycerin 1 ,0 Sodium Cetearyl SulfateC 5.0 Glycerin 1, 0 Sodium Cetearyl Sulfate
0,5 Xanthan Gum0.5 xanthan gum
59,7 Aqua dem.59.7 Aqua the.
D 1 ,0 Testsubstanz 4D 1, 0 test substance 4
1 ,0 Phenoxyethanol, Methylparaben, Ethylparaben, Butylparaben, Propyl- paraben, Isobutylparaben1, 0 phenoxyethanol, methylparaben, ethylparaben, butylparaben, propylparaben, isobutylparaben
0,3 Bisabolol0.3 bisabolol
WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4WS 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI) A 4,5 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate% Ingredient (INCI) A 4,5 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate
2,0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate2.0 diethylamino hydroxybenzoyl hexyl benzoate
3,0 Octocrylene3.0 octocrylene
2,5 Di-CI 2-13 Alkyl Malate2.5% Di-CI 2-13 alkyl malate
0,5 Tocopheryl Acetate 4,0 Polyglyceryl-3 Methyl Glucose Distearate0.5 Tocopheryl Acetate 4.0 Polyglyceryl-3 Methyl Glucose Distearate
B 3,5 Cetearyl IsononanoateB 3,5 Cetearyl isononanoate
1 ,0 VP/Eicosene Copolymer1, 0 VP / eicosene copolymer
5,0 Isohexadecane5.0 isohexadecane
2,5 Di-CI 2-13 Alkyl Malate 3,0 Titanium Dioxide, Trimethoxycaprylylsilane2.5 Di-CI 2-13 Alkyl Malate 3.0 Titanium Dioxide, Trimethoxycaprylyl silanes
C 5,0 GlycerinC 5.0 glycerin
1 ,0 Sodium Cetearyl Sulfate1, 0 Sodium Cetearyl Sulfate
0,5 Xanthan Gum0.5 xanthan gum
55,7 Aqua dem. D 5,0 Testsubstanz 455.7 Aqua. D 5.0 test substance 4
1 ,0 Phenoxyethanol, Methylparaben, Ethylparaben, Butylparaben, Propyl- paraben, Isobutylparaben 0,3 Bisabolol1, 0 phenoxyethanol, methylparaben, ethylparaben, butylparaben, propyl paraben, isobutyl paraben 0.3 bisabolol
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phasen A und B getrennt voneinander auf ca. 800C erwärmen. Phase B in Phase A einrühren und homogenisieren. Phase C auf ca. 800C erwärmen und unter Homogenisieren in die kombinierten Phasen A und B einrühren. Unter Rühren auf ca. 40°C abkühlen, Phase D zugeben und nochmals homogenisieren.Preparation: Heat the components of phases A and B separately to about 80 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A and homogenize. Heat phase C to about 80 ° C. and stir into the combined phases A and B while homogenizing. Cool with stirring to about 40 ° C, add phase D and homogenize again.
Beispiel 13: Verwendung der Testsubstanz 4 in einer Sonnenschutzlotion - Typ O/WExample 13: Use of the test substance 4 in a sunscreen lotion - type O / W
WS 1 %: Uvinul 5050 HWS 1%: Uvinul 5050 H
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI) A 2,0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol% Ingredient (INCI) A 2.0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
2,0 Ceteareth-252.0 Ceteareth-25
3,0 Tribehenin3.0 tribehenin
2,0 Cetearyl Alcohol2.0 Cetearyl Alcohol
2,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate 5,0 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate2.0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate 5.0 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate
1 ,0 Ethylhexyl Triazone1, 0 ethylhexyl triazone
1 ,0 VP/Eicosene Copolymer1, 0 VP / eicosene copolymer
7,0 Isopropyl Myristate7.0 isopropyl myristate
B 5,0 Zinc Oxide, Triethoxycaprylylsilane C 0,2 Xanthan GumB 5.0 Zinc oxides, triethoxycaprylylsilanes C 0.2 xanthan gum
0,5 Hydroxyethyl Acrylate/Sodium Acryloyldimethyl Taurate Copolymer,0.5 hydroxyethyl acrylate / sodium acryloyl dimethyl taurate copolymer,
Squalane, Polysorbate 60Squalane, polysorbate 60
0,2 Disodium EDTA0.2% disodium EDTA
5,0 Propylene Glycol 0,5 Panthenol5.0 Propylene Glycol 0.5 Panthenol
60,9 Aqua dem.60,9 Aqua the.
D 1 ,0 Testsubstanz 4D 1, 0 test substance 4
0,5 Phenoxyethanol, Methylparaben, Butylparaben, Ethylparaben, Propylpa- raben, Isopropylparaben 1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate0.5 phenoxyethanol, methylparaben, butylparaben, ethylparaben, propylparaben, isopropylparaben 1, tocopheryl acetates
0,2 Bisabolol0.2 bisabolol
WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4WS 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI) A 2,0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol% Ingredient (INCI) A 2.0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
2,0 Ceteareth-25 3,0 Tribehenin2.0 Ceteareth-25 3.0 tribehenin
2,0 Cetearyl Alcohol2.0 Cetearyl Alcohol
2,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate2.0 cetearyl ethylhexanoate
5,0 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate 1 ,0 Ethylhexyl Triazone5.0 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate 1, 0 ethylhexyl triazone
1 ,0 VP/Eicosene Copolymer1, 0 VP / eicosene copolymer
7,0 Isopropyl Myristate7.0 isopropyl myristate
B 5,0 Zinc Oxide, TriethoxycaprylylsilaneB 5.0 Zinc oxides, triethoxycaprylylsilanes
C 0,2 Xanthan Gum 0,5 Hydroxyethyl Acrylate/Sodium Acryloyldimethyl Taurate Copolymer,C 0.2 xanthan gum 0.5 hydroxyethyl acrylate / sodium acryloyl dimethyl taurate copolymer,
Squalane, Polysorbate 60Squalane, polysorbate 60
0,2 Disodium EDTA0.2% disodium EDTA
5,0 Propylene Glycol5.0 Propylene Glycol
0,5 Panthenol 56,9 Aqua dem.0.5 Panthenol 56.9 Aqua dem.
D 5,0 Testsubstanz 4D 5.0 test substance 4
0,5 Phenoxyethanol, Methylparaben, Butylparaben, Ethylparaben, Propylpa raben, Isopropylparaben0.5 phenoxyethanol, methylparaben, butylparaben, ethylparaben, propylpaben, isopropylparaben
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate 0,2 Bisabolol1, 0 tocopheryl acetate 0.2 bisabolol
Herstellung: Phase A auf ca. 800C erwärmen, Phase B einrühren und 3min homogenisieren. Phase C ebenfalls auf 800C erwärmen und unter Homogenisieren in die kombinierten Phasen A und B einrühren. Abkühlen auf ca. 40°C, Phase D einrühren und nochmals homogenisieren.Preparation: Heat phase A to approx. 80 ° C., stir in phase B and homogenize for 3 minutes. Also heat phase C to 80 ° C. and stir into the combined phases A and B while homogenizing. Cool to about 40 ° C, stir in phase D and homogenize again.
Beispiel 14: Verwendung der Testsubstanz 4 in einer Sonnenschutzlotion - Typ O/WExample 14: Use of the test substance 4 in a sunscreen lotion - type O / W
WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4WS 1%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 3,5 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl AlcoholA 3,5 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
1 ,5 Ceteareth-251, 5 Ceteareth-25
7,5 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate7.5 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate
2,0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate2.0 diethylamino hydroxybenzoyl hexyl benzoate
2,0 Cyclopentasiloxane, Cyclohexasiloxane2.0 cyclopentasiloxanes, cyclohexasiloxanes
0,5 Bees Wax0.5 Bees Wax
3,0 Cetearyl Alcohol3.0 Cetearyl Alcohol
10,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride10.0 Caprylic / Capric Triglycerides
B 5,0 Titanium Dioxide, Silica, Methicone, AluminaB 5.0 Titanium Dioxide, Silica, Methicone, Alumina
C 3,0 GlycerinC 3.0 glycerin
0,2 Disodium EDTA0.2% disodium EDTA
0,3 Xanthan Gum 1 ,0 Decyl Glucoside0.3 xanthan gum 1, 0 decyl glucosides
2,0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol2.0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol
56,3 Aqua dem.56.3 Aqua the.
D 1 ,0 Testsubstanz 4D 1, 0 test substance 4
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,2 Bisabolol q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel0.2 bisabolol q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4WS 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 3,5 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl AlcoholA 3,5 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
1 ,5 Ceteareth-251, 5 Ceteareth-25
7,5 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate7.5 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate
2,0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate2.0 diethylamino hydroxybenzoyl hexyl benzoate
2,0 Cyclopentasiloxane, Cyclohexasiloxane2.0 cyclopentasiloxanes, cyclohexasiloxanes
0,5 Bees Wax0.5 Bees Wax
3,0 Cetearyl Alcohol3.0 Cetearyl Alcohol
10,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride10.0 Caprylic / Capric Triglycerides
B 5,0 Titanium Dioxide, Silica, Methicone, AluminaB 5.0 Titanium Dioxide, Silica, Methicone, Alumina
C 3,0 GlycerinC 3.0 glycerin
0,2 Disodium EDTA0.2% disodium EDTA
0,3 Xanthan Gum0.3 xanthan gum
1 ,0 Decyl Glucoside1, 0 decyl glucosides
2,0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol2.0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol
52,3 Aqua dem.52.3 Aqua the.
D 5,0 Testsubstanz 4D 5.0 test substance 4
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,2 Bisabolol q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel0.2 bisabolol q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
Herstellung: Phase A auf ca. 800C erwärmen, Phase B einrühren und 3min homogenisieren. Phase C ebenfalls auf 800C erwärmen und unter Homogenisieren in die kombi- nierten Phasen A und B einrühren. Abkühlen auf ca. 400C, Phase D einrühren und nochmals homogenisieren.Preparation: Heat phase A to approx. 80 ° C., stir in phase B and homogenize for 3 minutes. Likewise heat phase C to 80 0 C and stir with homogenization in the com- bined phases A and B. Cool to about 40 0 C, stir in phase D and homogenize again.
Beispiel 15: Verwendung der Testsubstanz 4 in einem Fußbalsam WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4Example 15: Use of the test substance 4 in a foot balm WS 1%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl AlcoholA 2.0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
2,0 Ceteareth-252.0 Ceteareth-25
5,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate5.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoate
4,0 Cetyl Alcohol4.0 Cetyl Alcohol
4,0 Glyceryl Stearate4.0 glyceryl stearate
5,0 Mineral OiI5.0 mineral oil
0,2 Menthol0.2 menthol
0,5 Camphor0.5 camphor
B 69,3 Aqua dem. q.s. KonservierungsmittelB 69.3 Aqua the. q.s. preservative
C 1 ,0 BisabololC 1, 0 bisabolol
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
D 1 ,0 Testsubstanz 4D 1, 0 test substance 4
5,0 Witch Hazel Extract5.0 Witch Hazel Extract
WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4WS 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl AlcoholA 2.0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
2,0 Ceteareth-252.0 Ceteareth-25
5,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate5.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoate
4,0 Cetyl Alcohol4.0 Cetyl Alcohol
4,0 Glyceryl Stearate4.0 glyceryl stearate
5,0 Mineral OiI5.0 mineral oil
0,2 Menthol0.2 menthol
0,5 Camphor0.5 camphor
B 65,3 Aqua dem. q.s. KonservierungsmittelB 65,3 Aqua the. q.s. preservative
C 1 ,0 BisabololC 1, 0 bisabolol
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
D 5,0 Testsubstanz 4D 5.0 test substance 4
5,0 Witch Hazel Extract5.0 Witch Hazel Extract
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phasen A und B getrennt voneinander auf ca. 800C erwärmen. Phase B in Phase A unter Homogenisieren einrühren. Unter Rühren abkühlen auf ca. 400C, die Phasen C und D hinzugeben und kurz nachhomogenisieren. Unter Rühren auf Raumtemperatur abkühlen.Preparation: Heat the components of phases A and B separately to about 80 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A while homogenizing. Cool with stirring to about 40 0 C, add the phases C and D and briefly nachhomogenisieren. Cool to room temperature while stirring.
Beispiel 16: Verwendung der Testsubstanz 4 in einer W/O Emulsion mit Bisabolol WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4Example 16: Use of the test substance 4 in a W / O emulsion with bisabolol WS 1%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 6,0 PEG-7 Hydrogenated Castor OiIA 6.0 PEG-7 Hydrogenated Castor OiI
8,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate8.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoates
5,0 Isopropyl Myristate5.0 isopropyl myristate
15,0 Mineral OiI15.0 mineral oil
0,3 Magnesium Stearate0.3 mg stearate
0,3 Aluminum Stearate0.3 Aluminum Stearate
2,0 PEG-45/Dodecyl Glycol Copolymer B 5,0 Glycerin2.0 PEG-45 / Dodecyl Glycol Copolymer B 5.0 Glycerol
0,7 Magnesium Sulfate0.7 magnesium sulphates
55,6 Aqua dem.55.6 Aqua the.
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 41, 0 test substance 4
0,5 Tocopheryl Acetate0.5 tocopheryl acetate
0,6 Bisabolol0.6 bisabolol
WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4WS 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI) A 6,0 PEG-7 Hydrogenated Castor OiI% Ingredient (INCI) A 6.0 PEG-7 Hydrogenated Castor OiI
8,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate8.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoates
5,0 Isopropyl Myristate5.0 isopropyl myristate
15,0 Mineral OiI15.0 mineral oil
0,3 Magnesium Stearate0.3 mg stearate
0,3 Aluminum Stearate0.3 Aluminum Stearate
2,0 PEG-45/Dodecyl Glycol Copolymer2.0 PEG-45 / dodecyl glycol copolymer
B 5,0 GlycerinB 5.0 glycerin
0,7 Magnesium Sulfate0.7 magnesium sulphates
51 ,6 Aqua dem.51, 6 Aqua the.
5,0 Testsubstanz 45.0 test substance 4
0,5 Tocopheryl Acetate0.5 tocopheryl acetate
Herstellung: Die Phasen A und B getrennt voneinander auf ca. 85°C erwärmen. Phase B in Phase A einrühren und homogenisieren. Unter Rühren auf ca. 400C abkühlen, Phase C hinzugeben und nochmals kurz homogenisieren. Unter Rühren auf Raum- temperatur abkühlen.Preparation: Heat phases A and B separately from each other to approx. 85 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A and homogenize. Cool with stirring to about 40 0 C, add phase C and briefly homogenize again. Cool to room temperature while stirring.
Beispiel 17: Schaumconditioner mit FestigerExample 17: Foam Conditioner with Fixer
WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4 % Inhaltsstoff (INCI) A 10,0 PVP/VA CopolymerWS 1%: test substance 4% ingredient (INCI) A 10.0 PVP / VA copolymer
0,2 Hydroxyethyl Cetyldimonium Phosphate0.2 hydroxyethyl cetyldimonium phosphates
0,2 Ceteareth-250.2 Ceteareth-25
0,5 Dimethicone Copolyol q.s. Parfümöl0.5 Dimethicone Copolyol q.s. perfume oil
10,0 Alcohol10.0 Alcohol
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 41, 0 test substance 4
68,1 Aqua dem.68.1 Aqua.
10,0 Propane/Butane10.0 propane / butane
WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4WS 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 10,0 PVP/VA CopolymerA 10.0 PVP / VA copolymer
0,2 Hydroxyethyl Cetyldimonium Phosphate0.2 hydroxyethyl cetyldimonium phosphates
0,2 Ceteareth-250.2 Ceteareth-25
0,5 Dimethicone Copolyol q.s. Parfümöl0.5 Dimethicone Copolyol q.s. perfume oil
10,0 Alcohol10.0 Alcohol
5,0 Testsubstanz 45.0 test substance 4
64,1 Aqua dem.64.1 Aqua.
10,0 Propane/Butane10.0 propane / butane
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A zusammenwiegen, rühren bis alles gelöst ist und abfüllen.Preparation: Weigh the components of phase A together, stir until everything is dissolved and bottled.
Beispiel 18: SchaumconditionerExample 18: Foam conditioner
WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4WS 1%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI) A 1 ,0 Polyquaternium-4% Ingredient (INCI) A 1, 0 Polyquaternium-4
0,5 Hydroxyethyl Cetyldimonium Phosphate0.5 hydroxyethyl cetyldimonium phosphates
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 4 q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel 91 ,5 Aqua dem.1, 0 test substance 4 q.s. Perfume oil q.s. Preservatives 91, 5 Aqua dem.
6,0 Propane/Butane6.0 propanes / butanes
WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4WS 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI) A 1 ,0 Polyquaternium-4% Ingredient (INCI) A 1, 0 Polyquaternium-4
0,5 Hydroxyethyl Cetyldimonium Phosphate 5,0 Testsubstanz 4 q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel0.5 hydroxyethyl cetyldimonium phosphates 5.0 test substance 4 qs perfume oil qs preservative
87,5 Aqua dem.87.5 Aqua the.
6,0 Propane/Butane6.0 propanes / butanes
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A zusammenwiegen, rühren bis alles klar gelöst ist und abfüllen.Production: Weigh the components of phase A together, stir until everything is clearly dissolved and bottled.
Beispiel 19: SchaumkonditioniererExample 19: Foam conditioner
l %: Testsubstanz 4l%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
1 ,0 Polyquaternium-1 11, 0 Polyquaternium-1 1
0,5 Hydroxyethyl Cetyldimonium Phosphate0.5 hydroxyethyl cetyldimonium phosphates
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 4 q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 test substance 4 q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
91 ,5 Aqua dem.91, 5 Aqua the.
6,0 Propane/Butane6.0 propanes / butanes
5%: Testsubstanz 45%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 1 ,0 Polyquaternium-1 1A 1, 0 Polyquaternium-1 1
0,5 Hydroxyethyl Cetyldimonium Phosphate0.5 hydroxyethyl cetyldimonium phosphates
5,0 Testsubstanz 4 q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel5.0 test substance 4 q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
87,5 Aqua dem.87.5 Aqua the.
6,0 Propan/Butan6.0 propane / butane
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A zusammenwiegen, rühren bis alles klar gelöst ist und abfüllen.Production: Weigh the components of phase A together, stir until everything is clearly dissolved and bottled.
Beispiel 20: Styling SchaumExample 20: Styling foam
WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4WS 1%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 0,5 Laureth-4 q.s. Parfümöl B 77,3 Aqua dem.A 0.5 Laureth-4 qs perfume oil B 77.3 Aqua the.
10,0 Polyquaternium-2810.0 polyquaternium-28
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 41, 0 test substance 4
0,5 Dimethicone Copolyol0.5 dimethicone copolyol
0,2 Ceteareth-250.2 Ceteareth-25
0,2 Panthenol0.2 panthenol
0,1 PEG-25 PABA0.1 PEG-25 PABA
0,2 Hydroxyethylcellulose0.2 hydroxyethylcellulose
C 10,0 HFC 152 AC 10.0 HFC 152 A
5%: Testsubstanz 45%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
0,5 Laureth-4 q.s. Parfümöl0.5 Laureth-4 q.s. perfume oil
B 73,3 Aqua dem.B 73,3 Aqua the.
10,0 Polyquaternium-2810.0 polyquaternium-28
5,0 Testsubstanz 45.0 test substance 4
0,5 Dimethicone Copolyol0.5 dimethicone copolyol
0,2 Ceteareth-250.2 Ceteareth-25
0,2 Panthenol0.2 panthenol
0,1 PEG-25 PABA0.1 PEG-25 PABA
0,2 Hydroxyethylcellulose0.2 hydroxyethylcellulose
10.0 HFC 152 A10.0 HFC 152 A
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen. Die Komponenten der Phase B eine nach der anderen zugeben und lösen. Mit Phase C abfüllen.Preparation: Mix the components of phase A. Add the components of phase B one by one and dissolve. Fill with phase C.
Beispiel 21 : Styling SchaumExample 21: Styling foam
l %: Testsubstanz 4l%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI) A 2,0 Cocotrimonium Methosulfate q.s. Parfümöl% Ingredient (INCI) A 2.0 Cocotrimony Methosulfate q.s. perfume oil
B 78,5 Aqua dem.B 78.5 Aqua the.
6,7 Acrylates Copolymer6,7 acrylates copolymer
0,6 AMP0.6 AMP
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 4 0,5 Dimethicone Copolyol1, 0 test substance 4 0.5 dimethicone copolyol
0,2 Ceteareth-250.2 Ceteareth-25
0,2 Panthenol0.2 panthenol
0,1 PEG-25 PABA0.1 PEG-25 PABA
0,2 Hydroxyethylcellulose0.2 hydroxyethylcellulose
C 10,0 HFC 152 AC 10.0 HFC 152 A
5%: Testsubstanz 45%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
2,0 Cocotrimonium Methosulfate q.s. Parfümöl2.0 cocotrimony methosulfate q.s. perfume oil
B 74,5 Aqua dem.B 74.5 Aqua the.
6,7 Acrylates Copolymer6,7 acrylates copolymer
0,6 AMP0.6 AMP
5,0 Testsubstanz 45.0 test substance 4
0,5 Dimethicone Copolyol0.5 dimethicone copolyol
0,2 Ceteareth-250.2 Ceteareth-25
0,2 Panthenol0.2 panthenol
0,1 PEG-25 PABA0.1 PEG-25 PABA
0,2 Hydroxyethylcellulose0.2 hydroxyethylcellulose
C 10,0 HFC 152 AC 10.0 HFC 152 A
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen. Die Komponenten der Phase B eine nach der anderen zugeben und lösen. Mit Phase C abfüllen.Preparation: Mix the components of phase A. Add the components of phase B one by one and dissolve. Fill with phase C.
Beispiel 22: Styling SchaumExample 22: Styling foam
WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4WS 1%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,0 Cocotrimonium Methosulfate q.s. ParfümölA 2.0 cocotrimony methosulfate q.s. perfume oil
B 7,70 Polyquaternium-44B 7.70 Polyquaternium-44
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 4 q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 test substance 4 q.s. preservative
79,3 Aqua dem. C 10,0 Propane/Butane79.3 Aqua the. C 10.0 propane / butane
5%: Uvinul 505 H5%: Uvinul 505 H
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI) A 2,0 Cocotrimonium Methosulfate q.s. Parfümöl% Ingredient (INCI) A 2.0 Cocotrimony Methosulfate q.s. perfume oil
B 7,70 Polyquaternium-44B 7.70 Polyquaternium-44
5,0 Testsubstanz 4 q.s. Konservierungsmittel5.0 test substance 4 q.s. preservative
75,3 Aqua dem.75.3 Aqua the.
C 10,0 Propane/ButaneC 10.0 propane / butane
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen. Die Komponenten der Phase B klar lösen, dann Phase B in Phase A einrühren. Den pH-Wert auf 6-7 einstellen, mit Phase C abfüllen.Preparation: Mix the components of phase A. Clear the components of phase B, then stir phase B into phase A. Adjust the pH to 6-7, fill with phase C.
Beispiel 23: Styling SchaumExample 23: Styling foam
WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4WS 1%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,00 Cocotrimonium Methosulfate q.s. ParfümölA 2.00 cocotrimonium methosulfate q.s. perfume oil
B 72,32 Aqua dem.B 72,32 Aqua the.
2,00 VP/Acrylates/Lauryl Methacrylate Copolymer2.00 VP / Acrylates / Lauryl Methacrylate Copolymer
0,53 AMP0.53 AMP
1 ,00 Testsubstanz 4 0,20 Ceteareth-251, 00 test substance 4 0.20 ceteareth-25
0,50 Panthenol0.50 panthenol
0,05 Benzophenone-40.05 benzophenone-4
0,20 Amodimethicone, Cetrimonium Chloride, Trideceth-120.20 Amodimethicone, Cetrimonium Chloride, Trideceth-12
15,00 Alcohol15.00 Alcohol
C 0,20 HydroxyethylcelluloseC 0.20 hydroxyethylcellulose
D 6,00 Propane/ButaneD 6,00 Propane / Butane
WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4WS 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI) A 2,00 Cocotrimonium Methosulfate q.s. Parfümöl% Ingredient (INCI) A 2.00 cocotrimonium methosulfate qs perfume oil
B 68,32 Aqua dem.B 68,32 Aqua the.
2,00 VP/Acrylates/Lauryl Methacrylate Copolymer2.00 VP / Acrylates / Lauryl Methacrylate Copolymer
0,53 AMP0.53 AMP
5,00 Testsubstanz 45.00 test substance 4
0,20 Ceteareth-250.20 Ceteareth-25
0,50 Panthenol0.50 panthenol
0,05 Benzophenone-40.05 benzophenone-4
0,20 Amodimethicone, Cetrimonium Chloride, Trideceth-120.20 Amodimethicone, Cetrimonium Chloride, Trideceth-12
15,00 Alcohol15.00 Alcohol
C 0,20 HydroxyethylcelluloseC 0.20 hydroxyethylcellulose
D 6,00 Propane/ButaneD 6,00 Propane / Butane
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen. Die Komponenten der Phase B eine nach der anderen zugeben und lösen. Phase C in der Mischung aus A und B lö- sen, dann den pH-Wert auf 6-7 einstellen. Mit Phase D abfüllenPreparation: Mix the components of phase A. Add the components of phase B one by one and dissolve. Dissolve phase C in the mixture of A and B, then adjust the pH to 6-7. Fill with phase D.
Beispiel 24: Styling SchaumExample 24: Styling foam
WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4 % Inhaltsstoff (INCI)WS 1%: test substance 4% ingredient (INCI)
A 2,00 Cetrimonium Chloride q.s. ParfümölA 2.00 Cetrimonium Chloride q.s. perfume oil
B 67,85 Aqua dem. 7,00 Polyquaternium-46B 67,85 Aqua the. 7.00 Polyquaternium-46
1 ,00 Testsubstanz 41, 00 test substance 4
0,20 Ceteareth-250.20 Ceteareth-25
0,50 Panthenol0.50 panthenol
0,05 Benzophenone-4 0,20 Amodimethicone, Cetrimonium Chloride, Trideceth-120.05 Benzophenone-4 0.20 Amodimethicone, Cetrimonium Chloride, Trideceth-12
15,00 Alcohol15.00 Alcohol
C 0,20 HydroxyethylcelluloseC 0.20 hydroxyethylcellulose
D 6,00 Propane/Butane WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4D 6,00 Propane / Butane WS 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,00 Cetrimonium Chloride q.s. ParfümölA 2.00 Cetrimonium Chloride q.s. perfume oil
B 63,85 Aqua dem.B 63,85 Aqua the.
7,00 Polyquaternium-467.00 Polyquaternium-46
5,00 Testsubstanz 45.00 test substance 4
0,20 Ceteareth-250.20 Ceteareth-25
0,50 Panthenol0.50 panthenol
0,05 Benzophenone-40.05 benzophenone-4
0,20 Amodimethicone, Cetrimonium Chloride, Trideceth-120.20 Amodimethicone, Cetrimonium Chloride, Trideceth-12
15,00 Alcohol15.00 Alcohol
C 0,20 HydroxyethylcelluloseC 0.20 hydroxyethylcellulose
D 6,00 Propane/ButaneD 6,00 Propane / Butane
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen. Die Komponenten der Phase B eine nach der anderen zugeben und lösen. Phase C in der Mischung aus A und B lösen, dann den pH-Wert auf 6-7 einstellen. Mit Phase D abfüllen. Preparation: Mix the components of phase A. Add the components of phase B one by one and dissolve. Dissolve phase C in the mixture of A and B, then adjust the pH to 6-7. Fill with phase D.
Beispiel 25: Styling SchaumExample 25: Styling foam
WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4WS 1%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI) A q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI q.s. Parfümöl% Ingredient (INCI) A q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI q.s. perfume oil
85,5 Aqua dem.85.5 Aqua dem.
B 7,0 Sodium Polystyrene SulfonateB 7.0 Sodium Polystyrene Sulfonate
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 41, 0 test substance 4
0,5 Cetrimonium Bromide q.s. Konservierungsmittel0.5 Cetrimonium Bromide q.s. preservative
C 6,0 Propane/ButaneC 6.0 propane / butane
Styling SchaumStyling foam
WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4WS 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI) A q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI q.s. Parfümöl% Ingredient (INCI) A q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI q.s. perfume oil
81 ,5 Aqua dem.81, 5 Aqua the.
B 7,0 Sodium Polystyrene SulfonateB 7.0 Sodium Polystyrene Sulfonate
5,0 Testsubstanz 45.0 test substance 4
0,5 Cetrimonium Bromide q.s. Konservierungsmittel0.5 Cetrimonium Bromide q.s. preservative
C 6,0 Propane/ButaneC 6.0 propane / butane
Herstellung: Phase A solubilisieren. Phase B in Phase A einwiegen und klar lösen. Den pH-Wert auf 6-7 einstellen, mit Phase C abfüllen.Preparation: Solubilize phase A. Weigh phase B into phase A and solve it clearly. Adjust the pH to 6-7, fill with phase C.
Beispiel 26: Styling SchaumExample 26: Styling foam
WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4WS 1%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI q.s. Parfümöl 92,0 Aqua dem. B 0,5 Polyquaternium-10A qs PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI qs Perfume oil 92.0 Aqua dem. B 0.5 polyquaternium-10
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 41, 0 test substance 4
0,5 Cetrimonium Bromide q.s. Konservierungsmittel0.5 Cetrimonium Bromide q.s. preservative
C 6,0 Propane/ButaneC 6.0 propane / butane
WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4WS 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI q.s. ParfümölA q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI q.s. perfume oil
88,0 Aqua dem.88.0 Aqua the.
B 0,5 Polyquaternium-10 5,0 Testsubstanz 4B 0.5 Polyquaternium-10 5.0 Test substance 4
0,5 Cetrimonium Bromide q.s. Konservierungsmittel0.5 Cetrimonium Bromide q.s. preservative
C 6,0 Propane/ButaneC 6.0 propane / butane
Herstellung: Phase A solubilisieren. Phase B in Phase A einwiegen und klar lösen. Den pH-Wert auf 6-7 einstellen, mit Phase C abfüllen.Preparation: Solubilize phase A. Weigh phase B into phase A and solve it clearly. Adjust the pH to 6-7, fill with phase C.
Beispiel 27: Styling SchaumExample 27: Styling Foam
WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4WS 1%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI q.s. Parfümöl 82,5 Aqua dem.A q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI q.s. Perfume oil 82.5 Aqua dem.
B 10,0 Polyquaternium-16B 10.0 Polyquaternium-16
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 41, 0 test substance 4
0,5 Hydroxyethyl Cetyldimonium Phosphate q.s. Konservierungsmittel0.5 hydroxyethyl cetyldimonium phosphates q.s. preservative
C 6,0 Propane/Butane WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4C 6.0 propane / butane WS 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI q.s. ParfümölA q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI q.s. perfume oil
78,5 Aqua dem.78.5 Aqua the.
B 10,0 Polyquaternium-16B 10.0 Polyquaternium-16
5,0 Testsubstanz 45.0 test substance 4
0,5 Hydroxyethyl Cetyldimonium Phosphate q.s. Konservierungsmittel0.5 hydroxyethyl cetyldimonium phosphates q.s. preservative
C 6,0 Propane/ButaneC 6.0 propane / butane
Herstellung: Phase A solubilisieren. Phase B in Phase A einwiegen und klar lösen. Den pH-Wert auf 6-7 einstellen, mit Phase C abfüllen.Preparation: Solubilize phase A. Weigh phase B into phase A and solve it clearly. Adjust the pH to 6-7, fill with phase C.
Beispiel 28: Styling SchaumExample 28: Styling foam
l %: Testsubstanz 4l%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,0 Cocotrimonium Methosulfate q.s. ParfümölA 2.0 cocotrimony methosulfate q.s. perfume oil
B 84,0 Aqua dem.B 84.0 Aqua dem.
2,0 Chitosan2.0 Chitosan
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 41, 0 test substance 4
0,5 Dimethicone Copolyol0.5 dimethicone copolyol
0,2 Ceteareth-250.2 Ceteareth-25
0,2 Panthenol0.2 panthenol
0,1 PEG-25 PABA0.1 PEG-25 PABA
C 10,0 HFC 152 AC 10.0 HFC 152 A
WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4 % Inhaltsstoff (INCI)WS 5%: test substance 4% ingredient (INCI)
A 2,0 Cocotrimonium Methosulfate q.s. ParfümölA 2.0 cocotrimony methosulfate q.s. perfume oil
B 80,0 Aqua dem. 2,0 ChitosanB 80.0 Aqua dem. 2.0 Chitosan
5,0 Testsubstanz 45.0 test substance 4
0,5 Dimethicone Copolyol0.5 dimethicone copolyol
0,2 Ceteareth-250.2 Ceteareth-25
0,2 Panthenol0.2 panthenol
0,1 PEG-25 PABA0.1 PEG-25 PABA
C 10,0 HFC 152 AC 10.0 HFC 152 A
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen. Die Komponenten der Phase B eine nach der anderen zugeben und lösen. Mit Phase C abfüllen.Preparation: Mix the components of phase A. Add the components of phase B one by one and dissolve. Fill with phase C.
Beispiel 29: PflegeshampooExample 29: care shampoo
WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4WS 1%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 30,0 Sodium Laureth SulfateA 30.0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate
6,0 Sodium Cocoamphoacetate6.0 Sodium Cocoamphoacetate
6,0 Cocamidopropyl Betaine 3,0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate, Glycol Distearate, Cocamide MEA, Laureth-106.0 Cocamidopropyl Betaine 3.0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate, Glycol Distearate, Cocamide MEA, Laureth-10
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 41, 0 test substance 4
7,7 Polyquaternium-447.7 polyquaternium-44
2,0 Amodimethicone q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel2.0 Amodimethicone q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
1 ,0 Sodium Chloride1, 0 Sodium Chloride
43,3 Aqua dem.43.3 Aqua the.
B q.s. Citric AcidB q.s. Citric Acid
WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4WS 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 30,0 Sodium Laureth SulfateA 30.0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate
6,0 Sodium Cocoamphoacetate 6,0 Cocamidopropyl Betaine6.0 Sodium Cocoamphoacetate 6.0 Cocamidopropyl Betaine
3,0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate, Glycol Distearate, Cocamide MEA, Laureth-103.0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate, Glycol Distearate, Cocamide MEA, Laureth-10
5,0 Testsubstanz 45.0 test substance 4
7,7 Polyquaternium-447.7 polyquaternium-44
2,0 Amodimethicone q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel 1 ,0 Sodium Chloride 39,3 Aqua dem.2.0 Amodimethicone qs perfume oil qs preservative 1, 0 Sodium Chloride 39.3 Aqua dem.
B q.s. Citric AcidB q.s. Citric Acid
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen und lösen. Den pH-Wert mit Ci- tronensäure auf 6-7 einstellen.Preparation: Mix and dissolve the components of phase A. Adjust the pH to 6-7 with citric acid.
Beispiel 30: DuschgelExample 30: shower gel
l %: Testsubstanz 4l%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 40,0 Sodium Laureth SulfateA 40.0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate
5,0 Decyl Glucoside5.0 decyl glucosides
5,0 Cocamidopropyl Betaine5.0 Cocamidopropyl betaines
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 41, 0 test substance 4
1 ,0 Panthenol q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 panthenol q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
2,0 Sodium Chloride2.0 Sodium Chloride
46,0 Aqua dem.46.0 Aqua the.
B q.s. Citric AcidB q.s. Citric Acid
W 5%: Testsubstanz 4W 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
40,0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate40.0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate
5,0 Decyl Glucoside5.0 decyl glucosides
5,0 Cocamidopropyl Betaine5.0 Cocamidopropyl betaines
5,0 Testsubstanz 45.0 test substance 4
1 ,0 Panthenol q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 panthenol q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
2,0 Sodium Chloride2.0 Sodium Chloride
42,0 Aqua dem.42.0 Aqua the.
B q.s. Citric AcidB q.s. Citric Acid
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen und lösen. Den pH-Wert mit Ci- tronensäure auf 6-7 einstellen. Beispiel 31 : ShampooPreparation: Mix and dissolve the components of phase A. Adjust the pH to 6-7 with citric acid. Example 31: Shampoo
WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4WS 1%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 40,0 Sodium Laureth SulfateA 40.0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate
5,0 Sodium C12-15 Pareth-15 Sulfonate5.0 Sodium C12-15 Pareth-15 Sulfonates
5,0 Decyl Glucoside q.s. Parfümöl5.0 Decyl Glucosides q.s. perfume oil
0,1 Phytantriol0.1 phytantriol
44,6 Aqua dem.44.6 Aqua the.
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 41, 0 test substance 4
0,3 Polyquaternium-10 1 ,0 Panthenol q.s. Konservierungsmittel0.3 polyquaternium-10 1, 0 panthenol q.s. preservative
1 ,0 Laureth-31, 0 Laureth-3
2,0 Sodium Chloride2.0 Sodium Chloride
WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4WS 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 40,0 Sodium Laureth SulfateA 40.0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate
5,0 Sodium C12-15 Pareth-15 Sulfonate5.0 Sodium C12-15 Pareth-15 Sulfonates
5,0 Decyl Glucoside q.s. Parfümöl5.0 Decyl Glucosides q.s. perfume oil
0,1 Phytantriol0.1 phytantriol
40,6 Aqua dem.40.6 Aqua the.
5,0 Testsubstanz 45.0 test substance 4
0,3 Polyquaternium-10 1 ,0 Panthenol q.s. Konservierungsmittel0.3 polyquaternium-10 1, 0 panthenol q.s. preservative
1 ,0 Laureth-31, 0 Laureth-3
2,0 Sodium Chloride2.0 Sodium Chloride
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen und lösen. Den pH-Wert mit Ci- tronensäure auf 6-7 einstellen. Beispiel 32: ShampooPreparation: Mix and dissolve the components of phase A. Adjust the pH to 6-7 with citric acid. Example 32: Shampoo
1 %: Testsubstanz 41%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 15,00 Cocamidopropyl BetaineA 15.00 cocamidopropyl betaines
10,00 Disodium Cocoamphodiacetate10.00 Disodium Cocoamphodiacetate
5,00 Polysorbate 205.00 Polysorbate 20
5,00 Decyl Glucoside q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel5.00 decyl glucosides q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
1 ,00 Testsubstanz 41, 00 test substance 4
0,15 Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride0.15 guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chlorides
2,00 Laureth-32.00 laureth-3
58,00 Aqua dem. q.s. Citric Acid58.00 Aqua the. q.s. Citric Acid
B 3,00 PEG-150 DistearateB 3.00 PEG-150 distearate
5%: Testsubstanz 45%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 15,00 Cocamidopropyl BetaineA 15.00 cocamidopropyl betaines
10,00 Disodium Cocoamphodiacetate10.00 Disodium Cocoamphodiacetate
5,00 Polysorbate 205.00 Polysorbate 20
5,00 Decyl Glucoside q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel5.00 decyl glucosides q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
5,00 Testsubstanz 45.00 test substance 4
0,15 Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride0.15 guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chlorides
2,00 Laureth-32.00 laureth-3
54,00 Aqua dem. q.s. Citric Acid54.00 Aqua the. q.s. Citric Acid
B 3,00 PEG-150 DistearateB 3.00 PEG-150 distearate
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A einwiegen und lösen. Den pH-Wert auf 6-7 einstellen. Phase B zugeben und auf ca. 500C erwärmen. Unter Rühren auf Raumtemperatur abkühlen. Beispiel 33: Feuchtigkeitsspendende KörperpflegecremeProduction: Weigh in the components of phase A and dissolve. Adjust the pH to 6-7. Add phase B and heat to approx. 50 ° C. Cool to room temperature while stirring. Example 33: Moisturizing Body Care Cream
WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4WS 1%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,0 Ceteareth-25A 2.0 Ceteareth-25
2,0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol2.0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
3,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate3.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoate
1 ,0 Dimethicone1, 0 dimethicone
4,0 Cetearyl Alcohol4.0 Cetearyl Alcohol
3,0 Glyceryl Stearate SE3.0 Glyceryl Stearate SE
5,0 Mineral OiI5.0 mineral oil
4,0 Simmondsia Chinensis (Jojoba) Seed OiI4.0 Simmondsia Chinensis (Jojoba) Seed OiI
3,0 Mineral OiI, Lanolin Alcohol3.0 Mineral OiI, Lanolin Alcohol
B 5,0 Propylene GlycolB 5.0 Propylene Glycol
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 41, 0 test substance 4
1 ,0 Panthenol1, 0 panthenol
0,5 Magnesium Aluminum Silicate q.s Konservierungsmittel0.5 Mg Aluminum Silicate Q.s Preservative
65,5 Aqua dem.65.5 Aqua the.
q.s. Parfümölq.s. perfume oil
D q.s. Citric AcidD q.s. Citric Acid
5%: Testsubstanz 45%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,0 Ceteareth-25A 2.0 Ceteareth-25
2,0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol2.0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
3,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate3.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoate
1 ,0 Dimethicone1, 0 dimethicone
4,0 Cetearyl Alcohol4.0 Cetearyl Alcohol
3,0 Glyceryl Stearate SE3.0 Glyceryl Stearate SE
5,0 Mineral OiI5.0 mineral oil
4,0 Simmondsia Chinensis (Jojoba) Seed OiI4.0 Simmondsia Chinensis (Jojoba) Seed OiI
3,0 Mineral OiI, Lanolin Alcohol3.0 Mineral OiI, Lanolin Alcohol
B 5,0 Propylene GlycolB 5.0 Propylene Glycol
5,0 Testsubstanz 45.0 test substance 4
1 ,0 Panthenol1, 0 panthenol
0,5 Magnesium Aluminum Silicate q.s Konservierungsmittel0.5 Magnesium Aluminum Silicate qs preservative
61 ,5 Aqua dem.61, 5 Aqua the.
C q.s. ParfümölC q.s. perfume oil
D q.s. Citric AcidD q.s. Citric Acid
Herstellung: Die Phasen A und B getrennt auf ca. 800C erwärmen. Phase B kurz vorhomogenisieren, dann Phase B in Phase A einrühren und erneut homogenisie- ren.Abkühlen auf ca. 400C, Phase C zugeben und nochmals gut homogenisieren. Den pH-Wert mit Citronensäure auf 6-7 einstellen.Preparation: Heat phases A and B separately to about 80 ° C. Phase B prehomogenising briefly, then stir phase B into phase A and homogenize again ren.Abkühlen to about 40 0 C, add phase C and homogenize thoroughly again. Adjust the pH to 6-7 with citric acid.
Beispiel 34: Feuchtigkeitsspendende KörperpflegecremeExample 34: Moisturizing Body Care Cream
WS 1 %: Testsubstanz 4WS 1%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI) A 6,0 PEG-7 Hydrogenated Castor OiI% Ingredient (INCI) A 6.0 PEG-7 Hydrogenated Castor OiI
10,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate10.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoates
5,0 Isopropyl Myristate5.0 isopropyl myristate
7,0 Mineral OiI7.0 Mineral OiI
0,5 Shea Butter (Butyrospermum Parkii)0.5 Shea Butter (Butyrospermum Parkii)
0,5 Aluminum Stearate0.5 Aluminum Stearate
0,5 Magnesium Stearate0.5 mg stearate
0,2 Bisabolol0.2 bisabolol
0,7 Quaternium-18-Hectorite0.7 Quaternium-18 hectorites
B 5,0 Dipropylene GlycolB 5.0 Dipropylene glycol
0,7 Magnesium Sulfate q.s. Konservierungsmittel0.7 magnesium sulfates q.s. preservative
62,9 Aqua dem.62.9 Aqua.
q.s. Parfümölq.s. perfume oil
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 41, 0 test substance 4
5%: Testsubstanz 45%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
6,0 PEG-7 Hydrogenated Castor OiI6.0 PEG-7 Hydrogenated Castor OiI
10,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate10.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoates
5,0 Isopropyl Myristate5.0 isopropyl myristate
7,0 Mineral OiI7.0 Mineral OiI
0,5 Shea Butter (Butyrospermum Parkii) 0,5 Aluminum Stearate0.5 Shea Butter (Butyrospermum Parkii) 0.5 Aluminum Stearate
0,5 Magnesium Stearate0.5 mg stearate
0,2 Bisabolol0.2 bisabolol
0,7 Quaternium-18-Hectorite0.7 Quaternium-18 hectorites
B 5,0 Dipropylene GlycolB 5.0 Dipropylene glycol
0,7 Magnesium Sulfate q.s. Konservierungsmittel0.7 magnesium sulfates q.s. preservative
58,9 Aqua dem.58.9 Aqua.
C q.s. ParfümölC q.s. perfume oil
5,0 Testsubstanz 45.0 test substance 4
Herstellung: Die Phasen A und B getrennt auf ca. 800C erwärmen. Phase B in Phase A einrühren und homogenisieren. Unter Rühren auf ca. 400C abkühlen, Phase C zugeben und nochmals homogenisieren. Unter Rühren auf Raumtemperatur abkühlen lassen.Preparation: Heat phases A and B separately to about 80 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A and homogenize. Cool with stirring to about 40 0 C, add phase C and homogenize again. Allow to cool to room temperature while stirring.
Beispiel 35: Flüssiges Make-up - Typ O/WExample 35: Liquid Make-up - Type O / W
l %: Testsubstanz 4l%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
2,0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol2.0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
2,0 Ceteareth-252.0 Ceteareth-25
6,0 Glyceryl Stearate6.0 glyceryl stearates
1 ,0 Cetyl Alcohol1, 0 Cetyl Alcohol
8,0 Mineral OiI8.0 mineral OiI
7,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate7.0 cetearyl ethylhexanoate
0,2 Dimethicone0.2 dimethicone
B 3,0 Propylene GlycolB 3.0 Propylene glycol
1 ,0 Panthenol q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 panthenol q.s. preservative
61 ,9 Aqua dem.61, 9 Aqua the.
0,1 Bisabolol0.1 bisabolol
1 ,0 Testsubstanz 4 q.s. Parfümöl D 5,7 C. I. 77 891 , Titanium Dioxide1, 0 test substance 4 qs perfume oil D 5.7 CI 77 891, Titanium Dioxide
1 ,1 Iron Oxides1, 1 Iron Oxides
WS 5%: Testsubstanz 4WS 5%: test substance 4
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl AlcoholA 2.0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
2,0 Ceteareth-252.0 Ceteareth-25
6,0 Glyceryl Stearate6.0 glyceryl stearates
1 ,0 Cetyl Alcohol1, 0 Cetyl Alcohol
8,0 Mineral OiI8.0 mineral OiI
7,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate7.0 cetearyl ethylhexanoate
0,2 Dimethicone0.2 dimethicone
B 3,0 Propylene GlycolB 3.0 Propylene glycol
1 ,0 Panthenol q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 panthenol q.s. preservative
57,9 Aqua dem.57.9 Aqua the.
C 0,1 BisabololC 0.1 bisabolol
5,0 Testsubstanz 4 q.s. Parfümöl5.0 test substance 4 q.s. perfume oil
D 5,7 C. I. 77 891 , Titanium DioxideD 5.7 C.I. 77 891, Titanium Dioxide
1 ,1 Iron Oxides1, 1 Iron Oxides
Herstellung: Die Phasen A und B getrennt auf ca. 800C erwärmen. Phase B in Phase A einrühren und homogenisieren. Unter Rühren auf ca. 400C abkühlen, Phasen C und D zugeben und nochmals gründlich homogenisieren. Unter Rühren auf Raumtemperatur abkühlen lassen.Preparation: Heat phases A and B separately to about 80 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A and homogenize. Cool with stirring to about 40 0 C, add phases C and D and thoroughly homogenize again. Allow to cool to room temperature while stirring.
Beispiel 36Example 36
Im den folgenden dermokosmetischen Zubereitungen wird die erfindungsgemäße Ver- bindungen 2-(Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-Hydrochlorid zur Herstellung der Der- mokosmetika verwendet. Im Folgenden wird diese Verbindung als Testsubstanz 4 bezeichnet .In the following dermocosmetic preparations, the compounds 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride according to the invention are used for the production of the dermocosmetics. In the following, this compound is referred to as test substance 4.
Die genannte Testsubstanz 4 wird als ca. 10 Gew.-% ige Lösung eingesetzt. Die folgenden Angaben sind Gewichtsteile.The test substance 4 mentioned is used as an approximately 10% strength by weight solution. The following information is parts by weight.
Klares Shampoo
Figure imgf000063_0001
Clear shampoo
Figure imgf000063_0001
Klares Conditioner Shampoo
Figure imgf000063_0002
Figure imgf000064_0001
Clear conditioner shampoo
Figure imgf000063_0002
Figure imgf000064_0001
Schaum O/W-EmulsionenFoam O / W emulsions
Figure imgf000064_0002
Figure imgf000064_0002
Conditioner Shampoo mit Perlglanz
Figure imgf000064_0003
Figure imgf000065_0001
pH einstellen auf 6,0
Conditioner Shampoo with pearlescent
Figure imgf000064_0003
Figure imgf000065_0001
Adjust pH to 6.0
Klares Conditioner ShampooClear conditioner shampoo
Figure imgf000065_0002
pH einstellen auf 6,0
Figure imgf000065_0002
Adjust pH to 6.0
Klares Conditioner Shampoo mit Volumen EffektClear conditioner shampoo with volume effect
Figure imgf000065_0003
pH einstellen auf 6,0
Figure imgf000065_0003
Adjust pH to 6.0
GelcremeGel Cream
Figure imgf000065_0004
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000065_0004
Figure imgf000066_0001
OW Sunscreenformulation
Figure imgf000066_0002
Figure imgf000067_0001
OW Sunscreen formulation
Figure imgf000066_0002
Figure imgf000067_0001
Hydrodispersion
Figure imgf000067_0002
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
Hydro dispersion
Figure imgf000067_0002
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
Sticks
Figure imgf000070_0002
Figure imgf000071_0001
Sticks
Figure imgf000070_0002
Figure imgf000071_0001
PIT-Emulsion
Figure imgf000071_0002
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
PIT emulsion
Figure imgf000071_0002
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
GelcremeGel Cream
Figure imgf000073_0002
Figure imgf000073_0002
OW Formulations Selbstbräu- nerOW Formulations self-tanner
Figure imgf000073_0003
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000073_0003
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000075_0001
Hydrodispersion Selbstbräuner
Figure imgf000075_0002
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000077_0001
Figure imgf000078_0001
Hydrodispersion self-tanner
Figure imgf000075_0002
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000077_0001
Figure imgf000078_0001
Sticks
Figure imgf000078_0002
Figure imgf000079_0001
Sticks
Figure imgf000078_0002
Figure imgf000079_0001
PIT-Emulsionen Selbstbräuner
Figure imgf000079_0002
PIT emulsions self-tanner
Figure imgf000079_0002
Figure imgf000080_0001
Figure imgf000080_0001
Ölgel
Figure imgf000080_0002
oil gel
Figure imgf000080_0002

Claims

Patentansprüche claims
1. Dermokosmetika enthaltend mindestens eine Verbindung der allgemeinen Formel 1 ,1. dermocosmetics containing at least one compound of general formula 1,
Figure imgf000081_0001
worin
Figure imgf000081_0001
wherein
X für Stickstoff oder C-R5 steht;X is nitrogen or CR 5 ;
R1 für Wasserstoff, Alkyl, Alkenyl, Alkinyl, Cycloalkyl, Aryl, Heterocycloalkyl,R 1 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl,
Heteroaryl, Alkylcarbonyl, Alkoxycarbonyl, COOH, COOM, Aminocarbonyl,Heteroaryl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, COOH, COOM, aminocarbonyl,
Alkylaminocarbonyl, Dialkylaminocarbonyl, Cycloalkylcarbonyl, Cycloalko- xycarbonyl, Arylcarbonyl, Aryloxycarbonyl, Alkenylcarbonyl, Alkenyloxycar- bonyl, Alkinylcarbonyl oder Alkinyloxycarbonyl steht;Alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl, cycloalkoxycarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, alkenylcarbonyl, alkenyloxycarbonyl, alkynylcarbonyl or alkynyloxycarbonyl;
R2 für OR6, SR7, NR8R9 oder PR8R9 steht;R 2 is OR 6 , SR 7 , NR 8 R 9 or PR 8 R 9 ;
R3 für Wasserstoff, OR10, SR11, NR12R13, PR12R13, Alkyl, Alkenyl, Alkinyl, Cyc- loalkyl, Aryl, Heterocycloalkyl, Heteroaryl, Alkylcarbonyl, Alkoxycarbonyl,R 3 is hydrogen, OR 10 , SR 11 , NR 12 R 13 , PR 12 R 13 , alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl,
COOH, COOM, Cycloalkylcarbonyl, Arylcarbonyl, Aminocarbonyl, Alkylaminocarbonyl, Dialkylaminocarbonyl, Alkenylcarbonyl, Alkenyloxycarbonyl, Alkinylcarbonyl oder Alkinyloxycarbonyl steht;COOH, COOM, cycloalkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkenylcarbonyl, alkenyloxycarbonyl, alkynylcarbonyl or alkynyloxycarbonyl;
R4 für Wasserstoff, Alkyl, Cycloalkyl oder Aryl steht;R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl or aryl;
R5 für Wasserstoff, Alkyl, Alkenyl, Alkinyl, Cycloalkyl, Aryl, Heterocyclyl oder Heteroaryl steht;R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl;
oder R1 mit R5 auch gemeinsam für eine zweiwertige verbrückende Gruppe mit 1 bis 6 Atomen zwischen den flankierenden Bindungen stehen können;or R 1 with R 5 may also together represent a divalent bridging group having 1 to 6 atoms between the flanking bonds;
oder R4 mit R5 auch gemeinsam für eine zweiwertige verbrückende Gruppe mit 1 bis 6 Atomen zwischen den flankierenden Bindungen stehen können; R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13 jeweils unabhängig voneinander für Wasserstoff, Alkyl, Cycloalkyl, Alkenyl, Alkinyl oder Aryl stehen; oder;or R 4 with R 5 may also together be a divalent bridging group having 1 to 6 atoms between the flanking bonds; R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 each independently represent hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or aryl; or;
oder R6 mit R1 oder R7 mit R1 auch gemeinsam für eine zweiwertige verbrückende Gruppe mit 1 bis 6 Atomen zwischen den flankierenden Bindungen stehen können; oderor R 6 with R 1 or R 7 with R 1 may also together represent a divalent bridging group having 1 to 6 atoms between the flanking bonds; or
R6, R7 oder R8 mit R1 oder R6, R7 oder R8 mit R3 auch gemeinsam für eine zweiwertige verbrückende Gruppe mit 1 bis 6 Atomen zwischen den flankierenden Bindungen stehen können;R 6 , R 7 or R 8 with R 1 or R 6 , R 7 or R 8 with R 3 may also together represent a divalent bridging group having 1 to 6 atoms between the flanking bonds;
R8, R9, R12, R13 jeweils unabhängig voneinander für Wasserstoff, Alkyl, Cycloalkyl, Alkenyl, Alkinyl oder Aryl stehen; oder R8 und R9 und/oder R11 und R12 gemeinsam mit dem Heteroatom, an das sie gebunden sind, einen heterocyclischen Ring bilden können, der über das Heteroatom gebunden ist; undR 8 , R 9 , R 12 , R 13 each independently represent hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or aryl; or R 8 and R 9 and / or R 11 and R 12 together with the heteroatom to which they are attached can form a heterocyclic ring bonded via the heteroatom; and
M für ein Kationäquivalent steht;M is a cation equivalent;
2. Dermokosmetika nach Anspruch 1 , wobei X in Formel 1 für C-R5 steht.2. dermocosmetics according to claim 1, wherein X in formula 1 is CR 5 .
3. Dermokosmetika nach Anspruch 1 oder 2, wobei R2 in Formel 1 für Hydroxy steht.3. dermocosmetics according to claim 1 or 2, wherein R 2 in formula 1 is hydroxy.
4. Dermokosmetika nach einem der vorhergehenden Ansprüche, wobei R3 in der Verbindung der Formel 1 für Wasserstoff, Hydroxy, Ci-Cβ-Alkyl, Hydroxy-Ci-Cβ- alkyl, Amino-Ci-Cβ-alkyl, Ci-Ce-Alkylamino-Ci-Cβ-alkyl, Di-(Ci-C6-alkylamino)-Ci- Cβ-alkyl, Ci-Cβ-Alkylaminocarbonyl, Di-(Ci-C6-alkylamino)carbonyl oder Amino- carbonyl steht.4. Dermocosmetics according to one of the preceding claims, wherein R 3 in the compound of formula 1 is hydrogen, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, hydroxy-C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, amino-C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, C 1 -C 6 -alkylamino C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, di (C 1 -C 6 -alkylamino) C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, C 1 -C 6 -alkylaminocarbonyl, di- (C 1 -C 6 -alkylamino) carbonyl or amino carbonyl.
5. Dermokosmetika nach einem der vorhergehenden Ansprüche, wobei R1 in der Verbindung der Formel 1 für Wasserstoff, Ci-C6-Alkyl, Ci-Cβ-Alkoxycarbonyl, COOM oder COOH steht.5. dermocosmetics according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein R 1 in the compound of formula 1 is hydrogen, Ci-C6-alkyl, Ci-Cβ-alkoxycarbonyl, COOM or COOH.
6. Dermokosmetika nach einem der vorhergehenden Ansprüche, worin in der Gruppe C-R5 in der Verbindung der Formel 1 R5 für Wasserstoff steht.6. dermocosmetics according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein in the group CR 5 in the compound of formula 1 R 5 is hydrogen.
7. Dermokosmetika nach einem der vorhergehenden Ansprüche, worin R4 in der Verbindung der Formel I für Wasserstoff steht. 7. dermocosmetics according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein R 4 in the compound of formula I is hydrogen.
8. Dermokosmetika nach Anspruch 1 bis 6, worin R4 in der Verbindung der Formel 1 für d-Ce-Alkyl, Amino-d-Ce-alkyl, (Ci-C6-Alkyl)amino-Ci-C6-alkyl, Di-(CrC6- alkyl)amino-Ci-C6-alkyl, Phenyl-C-i-Cβ-alkyl oder Phenyl steht, wobei Phenyl in den beiden letztgenannten Substituenten unsubstituiert sein oder ein oder zwei unter Ci-C4-Alkyl und CrC4-AIkOXy ausgewählte Substituenten tragen kann8. dermocosmetics according to claim 1 to 6, wherein R 4 in the compound of formula 1 for d-Ce-alkyl, amino-d-Ce-alkyl, (Ci-C6-alkyl) amino-Ci-C 6 -alkyl, di - (C 1 -C 6 -alkyl) amino-C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, phenyl-C 1 -C 6 -alkyl or phenyl, where phenyl is unsubstituted in the latter two substituents or one or two of C 1 -C 4 -alkyl and C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy may carry selected substituents
9. Dermokosmetika nach Anspruch 1 bis 5, worin R4 und R5 in der Verbindung der Formel I gemeinsam mit den Kohlenstoffatomen des Pyridinrings, an die sie gebunden sind, für ein kondensiertes Ringsystem stehen9. dermocosmetics according to claim 1 to 5, wherein R 4 and R 5 in the compound of formula I together with the carbon atoms of the pyridine ring to which they are attached, represent a fused ring system
10. Dermokosmetika nach Anspruch 9, worin R4 und R5 in der Verbindung der Formel 1 gemeinsam mit den Kohlenstoffatomen des Pyridinrings, an die sie gebunden sind, für einen Benzolring stehen.10. dermocosmetics according to claim 9, wherein R 4 and R 5 in the compound of formula 1 together with the carbon atoms of the pyridine ring to which they are attached, stand for a benzene ring.
1 1. Dermokosmetika nach Anspruch 1 bis 4, worin R1 und R5 in Verbindungen der Formel 1 gemeinsam mit den Kohlenstoffatomen des Pyridinrings, an die sie gebunden sind, für ein kondensiertes Ringsystem stehen.1 derermocosmetics according to claim 1 to 4, wherein R 1 and R 5 are in compounds of formula 1 together with the carbon atoms of the pyridine ring to which they are attached, a fused ring system.
12. Dermokosmetika nach Anspruch 11 , worin R1 und R5 in Verbindungen der For- mel 1 gemeinsam mit den Kohlenstoffatomen des Pyridinrings, an die sie gebunden sind, für einen 2,5-Dihydrofuranring stehen.12. Dermocosmetics according to claim 11, wherein R 1 and R 5 in compounds of formula 1 together with the carbon atoms of the pyridine ring to which they are attached represent a 2,5-dihydrofuran ring.
13. Dermokosmetika nach Anspruch 1 , dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass die Verbindung gemäß Formel 1 ausgewählt ist aus der Gruppe umfassend 4-Phenyl-6- methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 4-Benzyl-6-isopropyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro13. dermocosmetic according to claim 1, characterized in that the compound according to formula 1 is selected from the group comprising 4-phenyl-6-methyl-1, 3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4- Benzyl 6-isopropyl-1,3-dihydrofuro
[3,4-c]pyridin-7-ol, 4-Dimethlyaminomethyl-6-methyl-1 ,3-dihydrofuro[3,4-c] pyri- din-7-ol, 2-(Hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypyridin-hydrochlorid, 2,3-Dihydroxypyridin, 3-Hydroxypicolinsäureamid, 3-Hydroxy-2-methylchinolin-4-carbonsäure, 6- Methylpyridin-3-ol.[3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 4-dimethylaminomethyl-6-methyl-1,3-dihydrofuro [3,4-c] pyridin-7-ol, 2- (hydroxymethyl) -3-hydroxypyridine hydrochloride, 2,3-dihydroxypyridine, 3-hydroxypicolinic acid amide, 3-hydroxy-2-methylquinoline-4-carboxylic acid, 6-methylpyridin-3-ol.
14. Dermokosmetika nach Anspruch 1 oder 2, dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass mindestens eine Verbindung der Formel 1 in einer Konzentration von 0,001 bis 30 Gew. % bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der dermokosmetischen Zubereitung vorliegt.14. dermocosmetic according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that at least one compound of formula 1 in a concentration of 0.001 to 30 wt.% Based on the total weight of dermokosmetischen preparation.
15. Dermokosmetika nach den Ansprüchen 1 bis 14, dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass diese neben mindestens einer Verbindung gemäß Formel 1 mindestens einen weiteren kosmetischen und/oder dermokosmetischen Wirkstoff enthalten.15. Dermocosmetics according to claims 1 to 14, characterized in that they contain at least one further cosmetic and / or dermocosmetic active ingredient in addition to at least one compound according to formula 1.
16. Dermokosmetika gemäß Anspruch 15, dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass der kosmetische und/oder demokosmetische Wirkstoff ausgewählt wird aus der Gruppe der natürlichen oder synthetischen Polymere, Pigmente, Feuchthaltemittel, Öle, Wachse, Enzyme, Mineralien, Vitamine, Sonnenschutzmittel, Farbstoffe, Duftstoffe, Antioxidantien und Konservierungsmittel.16. dermocosmetic according to claim 15, characterized in that the cosmetic and / or democosmetic active ingredient is selected from the group of natural or synthetic polymers, pigments, humectants, oils, Waxes, enzymes, minerals, vitamins, sunscreens, dyes, fragrances, antioxidants and preservatives.
17. Dermokosmetika nach den Ansprüchen 1 bis 16 in Form einer Salbe, Creme, Emulsion, Suspension, Lotion, Milch, Paste, eines Gels, Schaums oder Sprays.17. dermocosmetics according to claims 1 to 16 in the form of an ointment, cream, emulsion, suspension, lotion, milk, paste, a gel, foam or spray.
18. Dermokosmetika nach Anspruch 6, in Form eines Hautschutzmittels, Hautpflegemittels, Hautreinigungsmittels, Haarschutzmittels, Haarpflegemittels, Haarreinigungsmittels oder Zubereitung für die dekorative Kosmetik.18. Dermocosmetics according to claim 6, in the form of a skin protection agent, skin care agent, skin cleanser, hair protection agent, hair care product, hair cleanser or preparation for decorative cosmetics.
19. Verwendung einer Verbindung gemäß Formel 1 als Zusatz zur Herstellung von Dermokosmetika.19. Use of a compound according to formula 1 as an additive for the production of dermocosmetics.
20. Verwendung einer Verbindung gemäß Formel 1 zur Stabilisierung von licht- und/oder oxidationsempfindlichen Substanzen in Dermokosmetika.20. Use of a compound according to formula 1 for the stabilization of photosensitive and / or oxidation-sensitive substances in dermocosmetics.
21. Verwendung nach den Ansprüchen 19 und 20, wobei das Dermokosmetikum ausgewählt ist aus der Gruppe der Hautschutzmittel, Hautpflegemittel, Hautreinigungsmittel, Haarschutzmittel, Haarpflegemittel, Haarreinigungsmittel und Zube- reitungen für die dekorative Kosmetik.21. Use according to claims 19 and 20, wherein the dermocosmetic is selected from the group of skin protection agents, skin care products, skin cleansing agents, hair protection agents, hair care products, hair cleansing preparations and preparations for decorative cosmetics.
22. Verwendung von Dermokosmetila gemäß der Ansprüche 1 bis 18 zur Vermeidung von durch Radikale hervorgerufene Haut- und/oder Haarschädigungen.22. Use of Dermokosmetila according to claims 1 to 18 for the prevention of radical-induced skin and / or hair damage.
23. Verwendung von Dermokosmetila gemäß der Ansprüche 1 bis 18 zur Verbesserung des Erscheinungsbildes der Haut und/oder der Haare.23. Use of Dermokosmetila according to claims 1 to 18 for improving the appearance of the skin and / or the hair.
24. Verwendung einer Verbindung gemäß Formel 1 als Antioxidationsmittel in Dermokosmetika.24. Use of a compound according to formula 1 as an antioxidant in dermocosmetics.
25. Verwendung nach den Ansprüchen 19 bis 23, dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass die Verbindung der Formel 1 in einer Konzentration von 0,001 bis 30 Gew. % bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der dermokosmetischen Zubereitungen vorliegt. 25. Use according to claims 19 to 23, characterized in that the compound of formula 1 is present in a concentration of 0.001 to 30 wt.% Based on the total weight of dermokosmetischen preparations.
PCT/EP2007/058904 2006-09-01 2007-08-28 Use of n-containing heterocycles in dermocosmetics WO2008025755A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP06120010 2006-09-01
EP06120010.1 2006-09-01

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008025755A1 true WO2008025755A1 (en) 2008-03-06

Family

ID=38720738

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2007/058904 WO2008025755A1 (en) 2006-09-01 2007-08-28 Use of n-containing heterocycles in dermocosmetics

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2008025755A1 (en)

Cited By (36)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8193182B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2012-06-05 Intellikine, Inc. Substituted isoquinolin-1(2H)-ones, and methods of use thereof
US8476282B2 (en) 2008-11-03 2013-07-02 Intellikine Llc Benzoxazole kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US8604032B2 (en) 2010-05-21 2013-12-10 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Chemical compounds, compositions and methods for kinase modulation
US8637542B2 (en) 2008-03-14 2014-01-28 Intellikine, Inc. Kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US8642604B2 (en) 2006-04-04 2014-02-04 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted pyrazolo[3,2-d]pyrimidines as anti-cancer agents
US8697709B2 (en) 2008-10-16 2014-04-15 The Regents Of The University Of California Fused ring heteroaryl kinase inhibitors
US8703777B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2014-04-22 Intellikine Llc Certain chemical entities, compositions and methods
US8785470B2 (en) 2011-08-29 2014-07-22 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US8785454B2 (en) 2009-05-07 2014-07-22 Intellikine Llc Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US8809349B2 (en) 2011-01-10 2014-08-19 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Processes for preparing isoquinolinones and solid forms of isoquinolinones
US8828998B2 (en) 2012-06-25 2014-09-09 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of lupus, fibrotic conditions, and inflammatory myopathies and other disorders using PI3 kinase inhibitors
US8901133B2 (en) 2010-11-10 2014-12-02 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US8940742B2 (en) 2012-04-10 2015-01-27 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US8969363B2 (en) 2011-07-19 2015-03-03 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US8980899B2 (en) 2009-10-16 2015-03-17 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods of inhibiting Ire1
US8993580B2 (en) 2008-03-14 2015-03-31 Intellikine Llc Benzothiazole kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US9056877B2 (en) 2011-07-19 2015-06-16 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9096611B2 (en) 2008-07-08 2015-08-04 Intellikine Llc Kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US9295673B2 (en) 2011-02-23 2016-03-29 Intellikine Llc Combination of mTOR inhibitors and P13-kinase inhibitors, and uses thereof
US9296742B2 (en) 2008-09-26 2016-03-29 Intellikine Llc Heterocyclic kinase inhibitors
US9321772B2 (en) 2011-09-02 2016-04-26 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted pyrazolo[3,4-D]pyrimidines and uses thereof
US9359349B2 (en) 2007-10-04 2016-06-07 Intellikine Llc Substituted quinazolines as kinase inhibitors
US9359365B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2016-06-07 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9481667B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-11-01 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Salts and solid forms of isoquinolinones and composition comprising and methods of using the same
US9512125B2 (en) 2004-11-19 2016-12-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted pyrazolo[3.4-D] pyrimidines as anti-inflammatory agents
US9629843B2 (en) 2008-07-08 2017-04-25 The Regents Of The University Of California MTOR modulators and uses thereof
US9708348B2 (en) 2014-10-03 2017-07-18 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Trisubstituted bicyclic heterocyclic compounds with kinase activities and uses thereof
US9751888B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2017-09-05 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9775844B2 (en) 2014-03-19 2017-10-03 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US10131668B2 (en) 2012-09-26 2018-11-20 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted imidazo[1,5-a]pYRAZINES for modulation of IRE1
US10160761B2 (en) 2015-09-14 2018-12-25 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solid forms of isoquinolinones, and process of making, composition comprising, and methods of using the same
US10759806B2 (en) 2016-03-17 2020-09-01 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isotopologues of isoquinolinone and quinazolinone compounds and uses thereof as PI3K kinase inhibitors
US10919914B2 (en) 2016-06-08 2021-02-16 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US11110096B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2021-09-07 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapies
US11147818B2 (en) 2016-06-24 2021-10-19 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapies
US11767314B2 (en) 2018-11-02 2023-09-26 Conopco, Inc. Bioenergetic nicotinic acid glycerol esters, compositions and methods of using same

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB1185685A (en) * 1966-01-11 1970-03-25 Quinoderm Ltd Method of Making Pharmaceutical Compositions
EP0313305A2 (en) * 1987-10-22 1989-04-26 The Procter & Gamble Company Photoprotection compositions comprising chelating agents
DE4344751A1 (en) * 1993-12-28 1995-06-29 Carl Heinrich Dr Weischer New vitamin=B6 ester cpds. of sulphur-contg. carboxylic acids
FR2763850A1 (en) * 1997-06-02 1998-12-04 Slow Age Creations Oral composition for treating cutaneous ageing
WO2000032179A2 (en) * 1998-12-01 2000-06-08 University Of Kentucky Research Foundation Use of nicotonic acid derivatives for the treatment of dna damage in skin cells
WO2003032938A1 (en) * 2001-10-12 2003-04-24 Beiersdorf Ag Use of one or several substances selected from the group of pyrimidines and purines in cosmetic preparations for colouring hair
WO2003032944A1 (en) * 2001-10-12 2003-04-24 Aq+ Plc Anti-microbial composition comprising a metal ion chelating agent
US20030215407A1 (en) * 2002-05-01 2003-11-20 Marvin Klein Composition for treatment of skin and method for stabilizing the composition
WO2006050929A1 (en) * 2004-11-09 2006-05-18 Wella Ag Skin or hair treatment agents comprising 3-pyridinols and /or 5- pyrimidinols

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB1185685A (en) * 1966-01-11 1970-03-25 Quinoderm Ltd Method of Making Pharmaceutical Compositions
EP0313305A2 (en) * 1987-10-22 1989-04-26 The Procter & Gamble Company Photoprotection compositions comprising chelating agents
DE4344751A1 (en) * 1993-12-28 1995-06-29 Carl Heinrich Dr Weischer New vitamin=B6 ester cpds. of sulphur-contg. carboxylic acids
FR2763850A1 (en) * 1997-06-02 1998-12-04 Slow Age Creations Oral composition for treating cutaneous ageing
WO2000032179A2 (en) * 1998-12-01 2000-06-08 University Of Kentucky Research Foundation Use of nicotonic acid derivatives for the treatment of dna damage in skin cells
WO2003032938A1 (en) * 2001-10-12 2003-04-24 Beiersdorf Ag Use of one or several substances selected from the group of pyrimidines and purines in cosmetic preparations for colouring hair
WO2003032944A1 (en) * 2001-10-12 2003-04-24 Aq+ Plc Anti-microbial composition comprising a metal ion chelating agent
US20030215407A1 (en) * 2002-05-01 2003-11-20 Marvin Klein Composition for treatment of skin and method for stabilizing the composition
WO2006050929A1 (en) * 2004-11-09 2006-05-18 Wella Ag Skin or hair treatment agents comprising 3-pyridinols and /or 5- pyrimidinols

Cited By (76)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9512125B2 (en) 2004-11-19 2016-12-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted pyrazolo[3.4-D] pyrimidines as anti-inflammatory agents
US8642604B2 (en) 2006-04-04 2014-02-04 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted pyrazolo[3,2-d]pyrimidines as anti-cancer agents
US9493467B2 (en) 2006-04-04 2016-11-15 The Regents Of The University Of California PI3 kinase antagonists
US9359349B2 (en) 2007-10-04 2016-06-07 Intellikine Llc Substituted quinazolines as kinase inhibitors
US8703777B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2014-04-22 Intellikine Llc Certain chemical entities, compositions and methods
US9655892B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2017-05-23 Intellikine Llc Certain chemical entities, compositions and methods
US9822131B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2017-11-21 Intellikine Llc Certain chemical entities, compositions and methods
US11433065B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2022-09-06 Intellikine Llc Certain chemical entities, compositions and methods
US8785456B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2014-07-22 Intellikine Llc Substituted isoquinolin-1(2H)-ones, and methods of use thereof
US8193182B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2012-06-05 Intellikine, Inc. Substituted isoquinolin-1(2H)-ones, and methods of use thereof
US9216982B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2015-12-22 Intellikine Llc Certain chemical entities, compositions and methods
US8637542B2 (en) 2008-03-14 2014-01-28 Intellikine, Inc. Kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US8993580B2 (en) 2008-03-14 2015-03-31 Intellikine Llc Benzothiazole kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US9637492B2 (en) 2008-03-14 2017-05-02 Intellikine Llc Benzothiazole kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US9096611B2 (en) 2008-07-08 2015-08-04 Intellikine Llc Kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US9629843B2 (en) 2008-07-08 2017-04-25 The Regents Of The University Of California MTOR modulators and uses thereof
US9828378B2 (en) 2008-07-08 2017-11-28 Intellikine Llc Kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US9790228B2 (en) 2008-09-26 2017-10-17 Intellikine Llc Heterocyclic kinase inhibitors
US9296742B2 (en) 2008-09-26 2016-03-29 Intellikine Llc Heterocyclic kinase inhibitors
US8697709B2 (en) 2008-10-16 2014-04-15 The Regents Of The University Of California Fused ring heteroaryl kinase inhibitors
US8476431B2 (en) 2008-11-03 2013-07-02 Itellikine LLC Benzoxazole kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US8476282B2 (en) 2008-11-03 2013-07-02 Intellikine Llc Benzoxazole kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US8785454B2 (en) 2009-05-07 2014-07-22 Intellikine Llc Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9315505B2 (en) 2009-05-07 2016-04-19 Intellikine Llc Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9522146B2 (en) 2009-07-15 2016-12-20 Intellikine Llc Substituted Isoquinolin-1(2H)-one compounds, compositions, and methods thereof
US9206182B2 (en) 2009-07-15 2015-12-08 Intellikine Llc Substituted isoquinolin-1(2H)-one compounds, compositions, and methods thereof
US8569323B2 (en) 2009-07-15 2013-10-29 Intellikine, Llc Substituted isoquinolin-1(2H)-one compounds, compositions, and methods thereof
US8980899B2 (en) 2009-10-16 2015-03-17 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods of inhibiting Ire1
US9181221B2 (en) 2010-05-21 2015-11-10 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Chemical compounds, compositions and methods for kinase modulation
US8604032B2 (en) 2010-05-21 2013-12-10 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Chemical compounds, compositions and methods for kinase modulation
US9738644B2 (en) 2010-05-21 2017-08-22 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Chemical compounds, compositions and methods for kinase modulation
US9388183B2 (en) 2010-11-10 2016-07-12 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US8901133B2 (en) 2010-11-10 2014-12-02 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US11312718B2 (en) 2011-01-10 2022-04-26 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Formulations of (S)-3-(1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1(2H)-one
US9290497B2 (en) 2011-01-10 2016-03-22 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Processes for preparing isoquinolinones and solid forms of isoquinolinones
USRE46621E1 (en) 2011-01-10 2017-12-05 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Processes for preparing isoquinolinones and solid forms of isoquinolinones
US9840505B2 (en) 2011-01-10 2017-12-12 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solid forms of (S)-3-(1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H)-one and methods of use thereof
US8809349B2 (en) 2011-01-10 2014-08-19 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Processes for preparing isoquinolinones and solid forms of isoquinolinones
US10550122B2 (en) 2011-01-10 2020-02-04 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solid forms of (S)-3-(1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1(2H)-one and methods of use thereof
US9295673B2 (en) 2011-02-23 2016-03-29 Intellikine Llc Combination of mTOR inhibitors and P13-kinase inhibitors, and uses thereof
US9718815B2 (en) 2011-07-19 2017-08-01 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9605003B2 (en) 2011-07-19 2017-03-28 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US8969363B2 (en) 2011-07-19 2015-03-03 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9056877B2 (en) 2011-07-19 2015-06-16 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9546180B2 (en) 2011-08-29 2017-01-17 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US8785470B2 (en) 2011-08-29 2014-07-22 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9115141B2 (en) 2011-08-29 2015-08-25 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted isoquinolinones and methods of treatment thereof
US9321772B2 (en) 2011-09-02 2016-04-26 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted pyrazolo[3,4-D]pyrimidines and uses thereof
US9895373B2 (en) 2011-09-02 2018-02-20 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted pyrazolo[3,4-D]pyrimidines and uses thereof
US8940742B2 (en) 2012-04-10 2015-01-27 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9255108B2 (en) 2012-04-10 2016-02-09 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9527847B2 (en) 2012-06-25 2016-12-27 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of lupus, fibrotic conditions, and inflammatory myopathies and other disorders using PI3 kinase inhibitors
US8828998B2 (en) 2012-06-25 2014-09-09 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of lupus, fibrotic conditions, and inflammatory myopathies and other disorders using PI3 kinase inhibitors
US11613544B2 (en) 2012-09-26 2023-03-28 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted imidazo[1,5-a]pyrazines for modulation of IRE1
US10822340B2 (en) 2012-09-26 2020-11-03 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted imidazolopyrazine compounds and methods of using same
US10131668B2 (en) 2012-09-26 2018-11-20 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted imidazo[1,5-a]pYRAZINES for modulation of IRE1
US9481667B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-11-01 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Salts and solid forms of isoquinolinones and composition comprising and methods of using the same
US10329299B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2019-06-25 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9359365B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2016-06-07 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9751888B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2017-09-05 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9828377B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2017-11-28 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US11541059B2 (en) 2014-03-19 2023-01-03 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US10675286B2 (en) 2014-03-19 2020-06-09 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9775844B2 (en) 2014-03-19 2017-10-03 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US11110096B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2021-09-07 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapies
US11944631B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2024-04-02 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapies
US10941162B2 (en) 2014-10-03 2021-03-09 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US10253047B2 (en) 2014-10-03 2019-04-09 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9708348B2 (en) 2014-10-03 2017-07-18 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Trisubstituted bicyclic heterocyclic compounds with kinase activities and uses thereof
US11247995B2 (en) 2015-09-14 2022-02-15 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solid forms of isoquinolinones, and process of making, composition comprising, and methods of using the same
US10160761B2 (en) 2015-09-14 2018-12-25 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solid forms of isoquinolinones, and process of making, composition comprising, and methods of using the same
US11939333B2 (en) 2015-09-14 2024-03-26 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solid forms of isoquinolinones, and process of making, composition comprising, and methods of using the same
US10759806B2 (en) 2016-03-17 2020-09-01 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isotopologues of isoquinolinone and quinazolinone compounds and uses thereof as PI3K kinase inhibitors
US10919914B2 (en) 2016-06-08 2021-02-16 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US11147818B2 (en) 2016-06-24 2021-10-19 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapies
US11767314B2 (en) 2018-11-02 2023-09-26 Conopco, Inc. Bioenergetic nicotinic acid glycerol esters, compositions and methods of using same

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2008025755A1 (en) Use of n-containing heterocycles in dermocosmetics
EP1909747A1 (en) Dermocosmetic preparations
EP2969028B1 (en) Compositions of alkylamidothiazoles and uv filter substances
EP2066406A2 (en) Cosmetic preparations based on molecularly imprinted polymers
DE102013204081A1 (en) Active ingredient combinations of alkylamidothiazoles and one or more cosmetically or dermatologically acceptable preservatives
DE19712033A1 (en) Use of enamine derivatives as ultraviolet-A filters
US20180207218A1 (en) Plant extractions, compositions containing same, and uses thereof
EP1179339B1 (en) Cosmetic agent containing extracts of malvaceae seeds
EP1986598A1 (en) Uv filter capsules comprising an aminosubstituted hydroxybenzophenone
EP0726273A1 (en) Tocophenylglycoxides, their preparation and use as tensides, as antioxidants and as cells altering prophylactics in cosmetic or pharmaceutical preparation
DE102013204088A1 (en) Active ingredient combinations of alkylamidothiazoles and one or more cosmetically or dermatologically relevant fragrances
EP1530454A1 (en) Use of diketopiperazine derivatives as photostable uv-filters in cosmetic and pharmaceutical preparations
DE10063946A1 (en) Use of light stabilizer combinations which contain 2,2'-p-phenylene-bis (3,1-benzoxazin-4-one) as an essential constituent as a photostable UV filter in cosmetic and pharmaceutical preparations
DE19928033A1 (en) Use of cyclic enamines as light stabilizers
DE4232686A1 (en) Cosmetic preparations containing polyethoxylated vitamin E.
DE602004007181T2 (en) 2,4,6-tris (dineopentyl-4'-amino-benzalmalonate) -s-triazine, cosmetic sunscreen containing this compound and use of this compound
EP1214927A1 (en) Use of folic acid and/or its derivatives for the manufacture of topical compositions
DE10032165A1 (en) Use of physiologically tolerable sulfinic acids as antioxidant or free radical scavenger in cosmetic or dermatological preparations
WO2015090850A1 (en) Use of alkylamidothiazoles as an antioxidant or free-radical scavenger in cosmetic or dermatological preparations
DE4436270C1 (en) Use of chlorogenic acid as an antioxidant in hair cosmetic preparations
JP2008094792A (en) Hyaluronic acid synthesis promoter, anti-aging agent and skin care preparation each containing commelina communis var. hortensis-derived flavonoid
WO2005025521A2 (en) Powdered preparations containing a mixture of 2,4,6-trianilino-p-(carbo-2'-ethylhexyl-1'-oxi)-1,3,5-triazine and diethylamino-hydroxybenzoyl-hexyl-benzoate
EP2560666A1 (en) Active ingredient combinations of magnolia bark extract and surface-active agents (polyglyceryl-3 methylglucose distearate)
JP3233813B2 (en) Tyrosinase biosynthesis promoter, hair cosmetic for improving or preventing gray hair, and cosmetic for sunburn
DE3912122A1 (en) UV absorbing chitin and chitosan derivs. - for use in hair and skin protection agents

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07819971

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 07819971

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1